TELETECH HOLDINGS INC
424B4, 1996-08-01
BUSINESS SERVICES, NEC
Previous: BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP, 10-12G/A, 1996-08-01
Next: SIMMONS CO /GA/, S-4/A, 1996-08-01



<PAGE>
   
PROSPECTUS
    
 
   
                                6,220,000 SHARES
    
 
   
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
    
                                 --------------
 
   
 OF  THE 6,220,000 SHARES  OF COMMON STOCK BEING  OFFERED, 4,000,000 SHARES ARE
 BEING SOLD BY THE COMPANY AND 2,220,000 SHARES ARE BEING SOLD BY THE  SELLING
  STOCKHOLDERS NAMED HEREIN. THE COMPANY WILL NOT RECEIVE ANY OF THE PROCEEDS
   FROM  THE SALE OF  SHARES BY THE SELLING  STOCKHOLDERS. SEE "PRINCIPAL AND
   SELLING STOCKHOLDERS." OF THE SHARES BEING OFFERED, 4,976,000 SHARES ARE
     BEING OFFERED INITIALLY IN  THE UNITED STATES AND  CANADA BY THE  U.S.
     UNDERWRITERS  AND 1,244,000 SHARES ARE BEING OFFERED INITIALLY OUTSIDE
     OF THE UNITED STATES AND  CANADA BY THE INTERNATIONAL  UNDERWRITERS.
       SEE  "UNDERWRITERS."  PRIOR TO  THE  OFFERING, THERE  HAS  BEEN NO
       PUBLIC  MARKET  FOR   THE  COMMON  STOCK   OF  THE  COMPANY.   SEE
       "UNDERWRITERS"  FOR  A DISCUSSION  OF  THE FACTORS  CONSIDERED IN
        DETERMINING THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE. THE COMMON  STOCK
        HAS  BEEN APPROVED  FOR LISTING  ON THE  NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET
                            UNDER THE SYMBOL "TTEC."
    
                            ------------------------
 
        THIS OFFERING INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. SEE "RISK FACTORS"
                          COMMENCING ON PAGE 5 HEREOF.
                               -----------------
 
 THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES  AND
  EXCHANGE   COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION
     PASSED   UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY
      REPRESENTATION   TO   THE   CONTRARY   IS   A   CRIMINAL    OFFENSE.
                              -------------------
 
   
                              PRICE $14.50 A SHARE
    
                              -------------------
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             UNDERWRITING                           PROCEEDS TO
                                            PRICE TO         DISCOUNTS AND       PROCEEDS TO          SELLING
                                             PUBLIC         COMMISSIONS (1)      COMPANY (2)       STOCKHOLDERS
                                        -----------------  -----------------  -----------------  -----------------
<S>                                     <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
PER SHARE.............................       $14.50              $.98              $13.52             $13.52
TOTAL (3).............................     $90,190,000        $6,095,600         $54,080,000        $30,014,400
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------
    (1)  THE COMPANY AND  THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS HAVE  AGREED TO INDEMNIFY THE
       UNDERWRITERS AGAINST CERTAIN LIABILITIES, INCLUDING LIABILITIES UNDER THE
       SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.
   
    (2)  BEFORE  DEDUCTING  EXPENSES  PAYABLE   BY  THE  COMPANY  ESTIMATED   AT
       $1,515,000.  THE COMPANY  HAS AGREED TO  PAY THE EXPENSES  OF THE SELLING
       STOCKHOLDERS, OTHER THAN UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS AND COMMISSIONS.
    
   
    (3) ONE OF  THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS  HAS GRANTED THE  U.S. UNDERWRITERS  AN
       OPTION,  EXERCISABLE WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DATE HEREOF, TO PURCHASE UP TO
       AN AGGREGATE OF 933,000 ADDITIONAL SHARES OF COMMON STOCK AT THE PRICE TO
       PUBLIC LESS UNDERWRITING  DISCOUNTS AND  COMMISSIONS FOR  THE PURPOSE  OF
       COVERING  OVER-ALLOTMENTS, IF ANY. IF THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS EXERCISE SUCH
       OPTION IN FULL,  THE TOTAL  PRICE TO PUBLIC,  UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS  AND
       COMMISSIONS,  PROCEEDS TO  COMPANY AND  PROCEEDS TO  SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
       WILL  BE   $103,718,500,   $7,009,940,  $54,080,000,   AND   $42,628,560,
       RESPECTIVELY. SEE "UNDERWRITERS."
    
                            ------------------------
 
   
    THE  SHARES ARE OFFERED, SUBJECT TO PRIOR  SALE, WHEN, AS AND IF ACCEPTED BY
THE UNDERWRITERS NAMED HEREIN AND SUBJECT  TO APPROVAL OF CERTAIN LEGAL  MATTERS
BY  KATTEN MUCHIN  & ZAVIS,  COUNSEL FOR THE  UNDERWRITERS. IT  IS EXPECTED THAT
DELIVERY OF THE SHARES WILL BE MADE ON OR ABOUT AUGUST 6, 1996 AT THE OFFICE  OF
MORGAN  STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED, NEW YORK, NEW YORK, AGAINST PAYMENT THEREFOR
IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS.
    
                              -------------------
 
MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
   INCORPORATED
                               ALEX. BROWN & SONS
                                  INCORPORATED
                                                               SMITH BARNEY INC.
   
JULY 31, 1996
    
<PAGE>
INSIDE FRONT COVER OF PROSPECTUS:
 
    The inside front  cover is a  gatefold which opens  to a multicolor  graphic
layout    containing,   in    the   upper    right-hand   corner,    the   title
"TeleTech--integrated  customer  lifecycle  management."  Under  the  title  are
written  the  words:  "engineered  and  executed  by  TeleTech"  and "TeleTech's
solutions  integrate  all   phases  of  the   customer  lifecycle  --   customer
acquisition, service and retention, satisfaction and loyalty -- and are designed
to maximize the lifetime value of its client's customer relationships."
 
    The  gatefold contains eight  photographs of the  Company's call centers and
related technology (in each of the  lower left-hand and upper left-hand  corners
and  along the right-hand margin with  the word "TeleTech" superimposed). In the
center of the gatefold, there is an  oval photograph of a woman speaking on  the
telephone,  labelled "Our Client's  Customer." This photograph  is surrounded by
three smaller oval  photographs of faces,  each of which  is labelled  "TeleTech
representative."  Radiating  outward  from  the center  oval  photograph  of the
Client's Customer are 16 curved lines, each of which terminates at a  press-and-
click  telephone  jack, adjacent  to which  is  a question  or request  that the
client's  customer  might  have  regarding  a  particular  product  or  service.
Following this "customer lifecycle" clockwise from a point labelled "Start", the
questions or requests that a client's customer might ask appear as follows:
 
"Tell me about it."
"Where can I buy it?"
"I want to order it."
"How do I install it."
"Help me use and navigate it."
"Send someone to repair it."
"I want to upgrade it."
"My billing address has changed for it."
"How do I take care of it?"
"I want to complain about it."
"I want to rave about it."
"Make    me    a    preferred    customer   and    I'll    keep    buying   it."
"Register me for the event celebrating it."
"Contact my friend about trying it."
"I'd like to buy it again."
 
    These questions or requests are  classified into the following three  phases
of  the customer  lifecycle: "CUSTOMER  ACQUISITION -  LIMITED VALUE," "CUSTOMER
SERVICE +  RETENTION -  SUSTAINED  VALUE," "CUSTOMER  SATISFACTION +  LOYALTY  -
MAXIMUM VALUE."
 
    Centered  along  the  lower edge  of  the  gatefold, is  an  ovaloid graphic
containing text that  lists under  the heading "TeleTech's  core strengths"  the
following  words: "People -- Infrastructure -- Technology -- Process -- Strategy
- -- Innovation." On either side of this text is an arrow, one of which points  to
the left indicating "Customer Benefits" (listed as "Direct access to product and
service  providers -- Rapid,  single-call resolution --  Personalized service --
Knowledgeable resources -- Flexibility"), and the  other of which points to  the
right  indicating "Client Benefits" (listed  as "Efficiency and effectiveness in
Customer  Care  --   Controlled  operating   and  labor  costs   --  Access   to
state-of-the-art  technology  -- Enhanced  service  quality --  Maximum customer
value").
 
    TeleTech's corporate  logo appears  in the  lower right-hand  corner of  the
gatefold, under which are written the words: "COPYRIGHT 1996."
<PAGE>
    NO  PERSON IS AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OFFERING MADE HEREBY TO GIVE
ANY INFORMATION OR TO  MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION OTHER  THAN AS CONTAINED IN  THIS
PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE
RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY, BY ANY SELLING STOCKHOLDER
OR  BY ANY UNDERWRITER. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES  NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR
THE SOLICITATION OF ANY OFFER TO BUY BY ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN  WHICH
IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH AN OFFERING OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF
THIS  PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES IMPLY
THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED  HEREIN IS CORRECT AS  OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT  TO
THE DATE HEREOF.
                              -------------------
 
   
    UNTIL  AUGUST 25,  1996 (25 DAYS  AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF  THIS OFFERING), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING  IN
THIS  DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION
TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS
AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
    
                              -------------------
 
    For investors outside of the  United States: No action  has been or will  be
taken in any jurisdiction by the Company or by any Underwriter that would permit
a  public offering  of the  Common Stock or  possession or  distribution of this
Prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required,  other
than  in the United States. Persons  into whose possession this Prospectus comes
are required by the Company and the Underwriters to inform themselves about  and
to  observe any  restrictions as  to the  offering of  the Common  Stock and the
distribution of this Prospectus.
 
    In this Prospectus  references to  "dollars" and  "$" are  to United  States
dollars,  and the  terms "United  States" and "U.S."  mean the  United States of
America, its states, its territories, its  possessions and all areas subject  to
its jurisdiction.
                              -------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                             -----------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Prospectus Summary.........................................................................................           3
Risk Factors...............................................................................................           5
The Company................................................................................................          11
Use of Proceeds............................................................................................          11
Dividend Policy............................................................................................          11
Capitalization.............................................................................................          12
Dilution...................................................................................................          13
Selected Financial Data....................................................................................          14
Pro Forma Consolidated Condensed Financial Information.....................................................          16
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations......................          17
Business...................................................................................................          25
Management.................................................................................................          37
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.......................................................          44
Principal and Selling Stockholders.........................................................................          46
Description of Capital Stock...............................................................................          48
Shares Eligible for Future Sale............................................................................          50
Certain United States Federal Tax Consequences for Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock........................          52
Underwriters...............................................................................................          54
Legal Matters..............................................................................................          57
Experts....................................................................................................          57
Change in Independent Accountants..........................................................................          58
Additional Information.....................................................................................          58
Index to Financial Statements..............................................................................         F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                              -------------------
 
    The Company intends to furnish to its stockholders annual reports containing
consolidated  financial statements audited by an independent accounting firm and
quarterly reports for the  first three quarters of  each fiscal year  containing
interim unaudited financial information.
                              -------------------
 
    IN  CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK AT
A LEVEL  ABOVE THAT  WHICH MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN  THE OPEN  MARKET.  SUCH
TRANSACTIONS  MAY BE EFFECTED  ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL  MARKET OR OTHERWISE. SUCH
STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY  IS QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY  THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS AND NOTES  THERETO APPEARING ELSEWHERE  IN
THIS   PROSPECTUS.  EXCEPT  AS  OTHERWISE  NOTED  HEREIN,  INFORMATION  IN  THIS
PROSPECTUS (I) ASSUMES NO EXERCISE  OF THE UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT  OPTION,
(II)  REFLECTS A FIVE-FOR-ONE SPLIT OF THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK TO BE EFFECTED
BY A  STOCK  DIVIDEND IMMEDIATELY  PRIOR  AND SUBJECT  TO  THE CLOSING  OF  THIS
OFFERING  (THE "OFFERING") AND (III) REFLECTS  THE CONVERSION OF ALL OUTSTANDING
SHARES OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, PAR VALUE $6.45 PER SHARE, OF THE COMPANY
("PREFERRED STOCK")  INTO  9,300,000  SHARES  OF COMMON  STOCK  TO  BE  EFFECTED
IMMEDIATELY  PRIOR AND  SUBJECT TO THE  CLOSING OF THE  OFFERING (THE "PREFERRED
STOCK CONVERSION").  SEE  "DESCRIPTION  OF CAPITAL  STOCK"  AND  "UNDERWRITERS."
UNLESS  OTHERWISE  INDICATED, REFERENCES  TO "TELETECH"  AND THE  "COMPANY" MEAN
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND ITS WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARIES OR, FOR PERIODS  PRIOR
TO   DECEMBER  1994,   MEAN  TELETECH  TELECOMMUNICATIONS,   INC.  AND  TELETECH
TELESERVICES, INC., COLLECTIVELY. SEE "THE COMPANY."
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    TeleTech is a leading provider of  customer care solutions for Fortune  1000
companies.  TeleTech's  customer  care  solutions  encompass  a  wide  range  of
telephone- and computer-based customer  acquisition, retention and  satisfaction
programs  designed to maximize the long-term  value of the relationships between
TeleTech's clients and their customers. Such programs involve all stages of  the
customer  relationship and consist of a  variety of customer service and product
support  activities,  such  as  providing  new  product  information,  enrolling
customers in client programs, providing 24-hour technical and help desk support,
resolving  customer  complaints  and conducting  satisfaction  surveys. TeleTech
works closely with  its clients  to rapidly  design and  implement large  scale,
tailored  customer care programs  that provide comprehensive  solutions to their
specific business needs.
 
    TeleTech   delivers   its   customer   care   services   primarily   through
customer-initiated  ("inbound")  telephone  calls and  also  over  the Internet.
Services   are    provided   by    trained   customer    care    representatives
("Representatives") in response to an inquiry that a customer makes by calling a
toll-free  telephone number or  by sending an  Internet message. Representatives
respond to these inquiries from TeleTech call centers ("Call Centers") utilizing
state-of-the-art workstations, which operate  on TeleTech's advanced  technology
platform, enabling the Representatives to provide rapid, single-call resolution.
This   technology   platform  incorporates   digital   switching,  client/server
technology, object-oriented  software  modules, relational  database  management
systems,  proprietary  call  tracking  management  software,  computer telephony
integration and interactive voice  response. TeleTech historically has  provided
services  from Call Centers leased and equipped by TeleTech ("fully outsourced")
and, since April 1996, also has  provided services from Call Centers leased  and
equipped by a client ("facilities management").
 
    TeleTech   typically   establishes   long-term,   strategic   relationships,
formalized   by   multi-year   contracts,   with   selected   clients   in   the
telecommunications,   technology,  transportation,  health  care  and  financial
services industries. TeleTech  targets clients  in these  industries because  of
their  complex product  and service  offerings and  large customer  bases, which
require frequent, often sophisticated,  customer interactions. For example,  the
Company  recently entered into significant, multi-year contracts with CompuServe
and United Parcel Service and has obtained additional business from AT&T.
 
    The Company was founded in 1982 and has been providing inbound customer care
solutions since its inception. Between December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996, the
Company opened, acquired or initiated management of six Call Centers. As of July
15, 1996, TeleTech  owned, leased or  managed eight Call  Centers in the  United
States  and  one in  each  of the  United  Kingdom, Australia  and  New Zealand,
equipped with a total of 4,732 state-of-the-art workstations. TeleTech currently
plans to expand an existing Call Center  and open one additional Call Center  by
the  end  of  1996. In  the  first quarter  of  1996, approximately  95%  of the
Company's call handling revenues were derived from inbound customer inquiries.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Common Stock offered.........................  6,220,000 shares
                                               4,000,000 shares by the Company
                                               2,220,000 shares by the Selling Stockholders
  U.S. offering..............................  4,976,000 shares
  International offering.....................  1,244,000 shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after the
 Offering....................................  54,947,430 shares(1)
Use of proceeds to the Company...............  For working capital and general corporate
                                               purposes and to repay outstanding short-term
                                               indebtedness.
Nasdaq National Market Symbol................  TTEC
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
   
(1) Includes 9,300,000 shares of Common  Stock to be issued upon the  conversion
    of  all  1,860,000 outstanding  shares of  Preferred  Stock pursuant  to the
    Preferred Stock  Conversion.  Excludes  5,038,080  shares  of  Common  Stock
    issuable  upon  exercise of  options  outstanding at  July  15, 1996  with a
    weighted average exercise  price of $5.05  per share. See  "Capitalization,"
    "Management-- Compensation of Directors," "Management--TeleTech Stock Option
    Plan," "Underwriters" and note 11 to the Company's Consolidated and Combined
    Financial Statements (the "Financial Statements").
    
 
                       SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (1)
          (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS AND OPERATING DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         YEAR ENDED           ELEVEN            YEAR ENDED        THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                         JANUARY 31,       MONTHS ENDED        DECEMBER 31,           MARCH 31,
                                                    ---------------------  DECEMBER 31,     ------------------    ------------------
                                                                   1993        1993          1994       1995       1995       1996
                                                                  -------  ------------     -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                       1992
                                                    -----------
                                                    (UNAUDITED)                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>      <C>              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues..........................................    $ 5,751     $13,814    $19,520        $35,462    $50,467    $10,412    $22,019
Income (loss) from operations.....................       (332)        250        837          2,196      4,596        614      2,723
Net income........................................        214          52        548          1,695      4,156(2)   1,628(2)   1,258
Pro forma net income..............................        214          52        299(3)       1,037(3)   4,156(2)   1,628(2)   1,258
Pro forma net income per share of Common Stock and
 equivalents (4)..................................    $    --     $    --    $   .01(3)     $   .02(3) $   .08(2) $   .03(2) $   .02
Weighted average shares outstanding (4)...........     43,753      43,753     43,753         43,753     54,304     54,233     54,328
 
OPERATING DATA:
Number of Call Centers............................          1           1          2              2          3          3          9
Number of workstations............................        300         300        560            560        960        960      3,107
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                           -------------------------------------------
                                                                                                          PRO FORMA
                                                                            ACTUAL     PRO FORMA (5)   AS ADJUSTED (6)
                                                                           ---------  ---------------  ---------------
                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>              <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital..........................................................  $   5,380     $   5,380        $  56,957
Total assets.............................................................     49,454        49,454           97,531
Long-term debt, net of current portion...................................      6,536         6,536            6,536
Total stockholders' equity...............................................      9,829        22,908           74,485
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
(1)  The Summary Financial  Information presented in this  table is derived from
    the "Selected Financial Information"  and the Financial Statements  included
    elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
(2) Includes the $2.4 million pre-tax net proceeds of a one-time payment made by
    a  former  client  to  TeleTech  in  connection  with  such  client's  early
    termination of a contract.
 
(3) During 1993 and 1994, the Company was an S corporation under Subchapter S of
    the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of   1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code"),   and,
    accordingly,  was not subject to federal  income taxes. Pro forma net income
    includes a provision for income taxes at an effective rate of 44.4% for  the
    11  months ended December 31, 1993 and 39.5% for the year ended December 31,
    1994.
 
(4) Calculated in the manner described in note 1 to the Financial Statements.
 
(5) Reflects  the  conversion  of  1,860,000  shares  of  Preferred  Stock  into
    9,300,000 shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Preferred Stock Conversion.
 
   
(6)  Reflects the  sale of  4,000,000 shares  of Common  Stock being  offered by
    TeleTech at the initial  public offering price of  $14.50 per share (net  of
    approximately  $5.7 million of estimated  offering expenses and underwriting
    discounts and commissions) and the application of the estimated net proceeds
    therefrom, including  repayment  of  short-term indebtedness.  See  "Use  of
    Proceeds" and "Capitalization."
    
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    IN EVALUATING THE COMPANY'S BUSINESS, PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CAREFULLY
CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING FACTORS IN ADDITION TO THE OTHER INFORMATION PRESENTED IN
THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
    RELIANCE  ON A FEW MAJOR CLIENTS.  The Company has strategically focused its
marketing efforts  on  developing  long-term  relationships  with  Fortune  1000
companies  in targeted  industries. As  a result,  a substantial  portion of the
Company's revenues is  derived from  relatively few  clients. Collectively,  the
Company's  10 largest clients  in 1995 accounted for  approximately 82.1% of the
Company's 1995 revenues. The Company's three largest clients in 1995 were  AT&T,
Continental Airlines and Apple Computer, Inc., which accounted for approximately
31%  (including 11% from  AT&T's subsidiary McCaw  Communications d/b/a Cellular
One), 18% and 9%,  respectively, of the Company's  1995 revenues. The  Company's
three  largest  clients  in the  first  quarter  of 1996,  AT&T,  CompuServe and
Continental Airlines, accounted for approximately 22%, 13% and 6%, respectively,
of the Company's revenues.  The Company's program  for Continental Airlines  was
completed  in  March  1996 and  was  not  renewed. The  lost  revenues  from the
expiration of the  Continental Airlines  program were  more than  offset in  the
first  quarter of 1996 by revenues from  new clients. The Company received prior
notice that Continental Airlines  would not renew  its contract upon  expiration
and  redeployed to new programs all of the workstations that previously had been
dedicated to  the  Continental  Airlines program.  Consequently,  there  was  no
material  capacity underutilization due to the  loss of the Continental Airlines
program; however, there can be no  assurance that the Company's loss of  another
large client would not result in substantial underutilized capacity.
 
    The  Company expects that  its three largest  clients in 1996  will be AT&T,
CompuServe and United Parcel Service, which the Company anticipates collectively
will account for an even greater percentage of the Company's 1996 revenues  than
its  three largest clients in  1995. There can be  no assurance that the Company
will be able to retain its significant clients  or that, if it were to lose  one
or  more of its  significant clients, it  would be able  to replace such clients
with clients that generate  a comparable amount  of revenues. Consequently,  the
loss  of one or  more of its  significant clients could  have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, results of operations or financial  condition.
See  "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations," "--Risks Associated with the Company's Contracts" and "--Dependence
on Key Industries."
 
    Substantially all of the Company's significant arrangements with its clients
generate revenues  based,  in  large part,  on  the  amount of  time  which  the
Company's personnel devotes to such clients' customers. Consequently, and due to
the  primarily inbound nature of the  Company's business, the amount of revenues
generated from  any particular  client is  generally dependent  upon  consumers'
interest  in, and use of, the  client's products and/or services. Furthermore, a
significant portion  of  the Company's  expected  revenues for  1996  relate  to
recently-introduced  product  or  service offerings  of  the  Company's clients,
including two significant programs developed for AT&T and CompuServe, two of the
Company's largest  clients.  There can  be  no assurance  as  to the  number  of
consumers  who will be attracted  to the products and  services of the Company's
clients and  who  will  therefore  need the  Company's  services,  or  that  the
Company's  clients will develop  new products or services  that will require the
Company's services. See "Business--Markets and Clients--Technology."
 
    DIFFICULTIES OF MANAGING RAPID  GROWTH.  The  Company has experienced  rapid
growth  over the  past several  years and  anticipates continued  future growth.
Continued growth depends on a number of factors, including the Company's ability
to (i) initiate, develop  and maintain new client  relationships and expand  its
marketing operations, (ii) recruit, motivate and retain qualified management and
hourly  personnel, (iii) rapidly identify, acquire or lease suitable Call Center
facilities on acceptable terms and complete  build-outs of such facilities in  a
timely  and economic fashion, and (iv) maintain the high quality of the services
and products that  it provides  to its  clients. The  Company's continued  rapid
growth  can  be  expected  to  place  a  significant  strain  on  the  Company's
management, operations, employees and resources. There can be no assurance  that
the  Company  will  be  able  to  maintain  or  accelerate  its  current growth,
effectively manage its
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
expanding operations or achieve planned growth on a timely or profitable  basis.
If  the Company is unable to manage growth effectively, its business, results of
operations or financial  condition could be  materially adversely affected.  See
"Business--Growth Strategy."
 
    The  Company's profitability is significantly  influenced by its Call Center
capacity utilization. Although  the Company seeks  to maximize utilization,  the
inbound  nature  of  the  Company's  business  results  in  significantly higher
utilization during  peak  (weekday)  periods than  during  off-peak  (night  and
weekend)  periods. In addition,  the Company has experienced,  and in the future
may experience, at least  short-term, excess capacity  during peak periods  upon
the  opening of a new Call Center or  the termination of a large client program.
There can be no assurance that the  Company will be able to achieve or  maintain
optimal Call Center capacity utilization. See "Business-- Facilities."
 
    RISKS  ASSOCIATED  WITH  THE  COMPANY'S  CONTRACTS.    Although  the Company
currently seeks to  sign multi-year  contracts with its  clients, the  Company's
contracts  do  not assure  the Company  a  specific level  of revenues  and they
generally do  not  designate  the  Company as  the  client's  exclusive  service
provider.  The Company believes maintaining  satisfactory relationships with its
clients has  a  more significant  impact  on  the Company's  revenues  than  the
specific  terms  of  its  client contracts.  Certain  of  the  Company's current
contracts (representing approximately 36% of  the Company's 1995 revenues)  have
terms  of one year or less  and there can be no  assurance that the clients will
renew or  extend  such  contracts.  In addition,  the  Company's  contracts  are
terminable  by its  clients on  relatively short  notice. Although  many of such
contracts require the client to pay  a contractually agreed amount in the  event
of early termination, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
collect  such  amount  or  that  such  amount,  if  received,  will sufficiently
compensate the Company for the investment  it has made to support the  cancelled
program or for the revenues it may lose as a result of the early termination. In
addition, some of the Company's contracts limit the aggregate amount the Company
can charge for its services during the term of the contract and several prohibit
the  Company from providing services to a direct competitor of a client that are
similar to the services the Company provides  to such client. Although a few  of
the  Company's more recently executed contracts  provide for annual increases in
the rates paid by  clients in the  event of increases in  certain cost or  price
indices, most of the Company's contracts do not include such provisions and some
of  the contracts  currently in  effect provide  that the  service fees  paid by
clients may be adjusted downward if the performance objectives specified therein
are not attained or, at least in one case, in the event of a decrease in a price
index. Furthermore, there can  be no assurance that  the adjustments based  upon
increases  in  cost  or price  indices  will  fully compensate  the  Company for
increases in labor  and other  costs that it  may experience  in fulfilling  its
contractual  obligations. Although several of the Company's clients have elected
not to renew  or extend short-term  contracts, or have  terminated contracts  on
relatively  short notice to the Company, to  date none of the foregoing types of
contractual provisions  has  had a  material  adverse effect  on  the  Company's
business, results of operations or financial condition. See "Business--Sales and
Marketing" and "Business--Services" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
    DEPENDENCE  ON LABOR FORCE.   The Company's success  is largely dependent on
its ability  to  recruit,  hire,  train  and  retain  qualified  employees.  The
Company's  industry is very  labor intensive and  has experienced high personnel
turnover. A significant increase in  the Company's employee turnover rate  could
increase  the  Company's recruiting  and training  costs and  decrease operating
effectiveness and productivity. Also, the addition of significant new clients or
the implementation  of  new large-scale  programs  may require  the  Company  to
recruit, hire and train qualified personnel at an accelerated rate. There can be
no assurance that the Company will be able to continue to hire, train and retain
sufficient  qualified personnel to adequately  staff new customer care programs.
Because a significant portion of the  Company's operating costs relate to  labor
costs,  an increase  in wages,  costs of  employee benefits  or employment taxes
could have  a material  adverse effect  on the  Company's business,  results  of
operations  or  financial  condition.  In  addition,  certain  of  the Company's
facilities are  located in  geographic areas  with relatively  low  unemployment
rates,  thus potentially making  it more difficult and  costly to hire qualified
personnel. See  "--Difficulties  of  Managing  Rapid  Growth,"  "Business--Human
Resources"  and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations."
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
    DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL.  The Company's success to date has depended  in
large  part  on the  skills and  efforts  of Kenneth  D. Tuchman,  the Company's
founder, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer. There can
be no assurance that the Company will be able to hire or retain the services  of
other  officers  or key  employees. The  loss  of Mr.  Tuchman or  the Company's
inability to hire or retain  such other officers or  key employees could have  a
material  adverse effect  on the  Company's business,  results of  operations or
financial condition. The Company's success  and achievement of its growth  plans
depend  on its ability to recruit, hire, train and retain other highly qualified
technical and  managerial  personnel,  including  individuals  with  significant
experience  in  the industries  targeted by  the Company.  The inability  of the
Company to attract and retain  the necessary technical and managerial  personnel
could  have  a material  adverse effect  on the  Company's business,  results of
operations or financial condition. See "--Difficulties of Managing Rapid Growth"
and "Management."
 
    DEPENDENCE ON  KEY  INDUSTRIES.   The  Company's  clients  are  concentrated
primarily  in the  telecommunications, technology  and transportation industries
and, to a lesser extent, the health care and financial services industries.  The
Company's  business and growth is largely  dependent on the continued demand for
the Company's  services  from  these  industries  and  current  trends  in  such
industries  to  outsource certain  customer  care services.  A  general economic
downturn in any of these  industries or a slowdown or  reversal of the trend  in
any of these industries to outsource certain customer care services could have a
material  adverse effect  on the  Company's business,  results of  operations or
financial condition.  In  addition,  the Company's  health  care  and  financial
services strategic business units ("SBUs") were introduced only recently and are
still  in the development stage. There can  be no assurance that the Company can
successfully develop these SBUs or that such development can occur in accordance
with the Company's current time schedule. Additionally, a substantial percentage
of the revenues generated by  clients in the telecommunications industry  relate
to  the Company's provision of third-party verification of long-distance service
sales, which is required by the rules of the Federal Communications  Commission.
Such  verification services  accounted for  19% and  11% of  the Company's total
revenues in 1995 and  in the first quarter  of 1996, respectively. Although  the
Company  is not aware of any proposed changes to these rules, the elimination of
this requirement could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations or financial condition. See "--Highly Competitive  Market"
and "Business--Markets and Clients."
 
    RISK  OF BUSINESS INTERRUPTION.  The Company's operations are dependent upon
its ability  to  protect  its  Call  Centers,  computer  and  telecommunications
equipment   and  software  systems   against  damage  from   fire,  power  loss,
telecommunications interruption or failure,  natural disaster and other  similar
events.   In  the  event  the  Company  experiences  a  temporary  or  permanent
interruption at one  or more of  its Call Centers,  through casualty,  operating
malfunction  or otherwise, the Company's  business could be materially adversely
affected and the  Company may  be required to  pay contractual  damages to  some
clients  or allow some clients to  terminate or renegotiate their contracts with
the Company.  While the  Company maintains  property and  business  interruption
insurance,  such insurance  may not  adequately compensate  the Company  for all
losses that it may incur. See "Business--Operations."
 
    RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH RAPIDLY CHANGING  TECHNOLOGY.  The Company's  business
is  highly  dependent  on  its  computer  and  telecommunications  equipment and
software systems.  The Company's  failure  to maintain  the superiority  of  its
technological  capabilities or  to respond effectively  to technological changes
could have  a material  adverse effect  on the  Company's business,  results  of
operations  or financial  condition. The Company's  future success  also will be
highly dependent upon its ability to enhance existing services and introduce new
services or products  to respond to  changing technological developments.  There
can  be no  assurance that  the Company  can successfully  develop and  bring to
market any new services or  products in a timely  manner, that such services  or
products  will be commercially  successful or that  competitors' technologies or
services will not render  the Company's products  or services noncompetitive  or
obsolete. See "--Highly Competitive Market" and "Business--Technology."
 
    HIGHLY  COMPETITIVE MARKET.   The  market in  which the  Company competes is
highly competitive and  fragmented. The Company  expects competition to  persist
and  intensify  in the  future. The  Company's  competitors include  small firms
offering specific applications, divisions  of large entities, large  independent
firms  and, most significantly, the in-house  operations of clients or potential
clients. A number of competitors
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
have or  may  develop greater  capabilities  and  resources than  those  of  the
Company.  Similarly, there can be no  assurance that additional competitors with
greater resources than the Company will not enter the Company's market.  Because
the  Company's primary  competitors are the  in-house operations  of existing or
potential clients,  the Company's  performance and  growth could  be  negatively
impacted  if  its  existing clients  decide  to provide  in-house  customer care
services that  currently  are  outsourced  or if  potential  clients  retain  or
increase  their in-house customer service  and product support capabilities. For
example, Continental Airlines, one of the Company's largest clients in 1995  and
the  first quarter  of 1996,  decided not  to renew  a program  completed by the
Company in March 1996 due to  Continental Airlines' excess in-house call  center
capacity.  In addition, competitive pressures from current or future competitors
could cause  the Company's  services  to lose  market  acceptance or  result  in
significant  price erosion,  with a material  adverse effect  upon the Company's
business, results of operations or financial condition. See
"Business--Competition."
 
    DIFFICULTIES  OF   COMPLETING  AND   INTEGRATING  ACQUISITIONS   AND   JOINT
VENTURES.  One component of the Company's growth strategy is to pursue strategic
acquisitions  of companies that have  services, products, technologies, industry
specializations or geographic coverage that  extend or complement the  Company's
existing  business. There  can be  no assurance  that the  Company will  be able
successfully  to  identify,  acquire  on  favorable  terms  or  integrate   such
companies.  If any acquisition is completed, there can be no assurance that such
acquisition will  enhance  the  Company's business,  results  of  operations  or
financial  condition. The Company  may in the  future face increased competition
for acquisition  opportunities,  which  may inhibit  the  Company's  ability  to
consummate   suitable  acquisitions  on  terms   favorable  to  the  Company.  A
substantial portion of the Company's capital resources, including proceeds  from
the Offering, could be used for acquisitions. The Company may require additional
debt  or equity  financing for future  acquisitions, which financing  may not be
available on terms favorable to  the Company, if at all.  As part of its  growth
strategy,  the  Company may  also  pursue opportunities  to  undertake strategic
alliances in the form of joint ventures. Joint ventures involve many of the same
risks as acquisitions, as well as additional risks associated with possible lack
of control of the joint ventures. See "--Difficulties of Managing Rapid Growth."
 
    The Company recently acquired Access 24 Service Corporation Pty Limited,  an
Australian  company  ("Access 24"),  which provides  customer care  solutions to
Australian and New Zealand companies, primarily in the health care and financial
services industries. Certain of  Access 24's services, now  provided as part  of
the  Company's  health  care  and  financial  services  SBUs,  differ  from  the
traditional outsourcing services  of the Company's  United States business.  The
Company also recently entered into a joint venture with PPP Healthcare Group plc
("PPP")  to provide services in the United  Kingdom and Ireland similar to those
provided by Access 24. Several of  the services currently provided by Access  24
and  the  joint  venture  in  the United  Kingdom,  Australia  and  New Zealand,
particularly services  provided  for health  care  clients, may  be  subject  to
extensive  government regulation if introduced in  the U.S. market. There can be
no assurance that compliance with applicable U.S. laws and regulations will  not
limit the scope, or significantly increase the cost to the Company, of providing
services  in  the U.S.  market that  are comparable  to such  services currently
provided by Access  24 and the  joint venture outside  the U.S. The  anticipated
benefits  of the Access 24 acquisition and the joint venture with PPP, including
the successful  offering in  the  United States  of  services similar  to  those
provided  by  Access  24,  may  not  be  achieved.  See  "Business--Markets  and
Clients--Health Care," "Business--Markets  and Clients--Financial Services"  and
"Business--International Operations."
 
    RISK ASSOCIATED WITH INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS AND EXPANSION.  As a result of
the  recent acquisition of Access 24 and the joint venture with PPP, the Company
now conducts business  in the  United Kingdom,  Australia and  New Zealand.  The
Company's  international  operations  accounted  for  approximately  15%  of the
Company's revenues for  the first  quarter of  1996 and,  on a  pro forma  basis
reflecting  the Company's  acquisition of  Access 24  as if  it had  occurred on
January 1, 1995, approximately  16.9% of the Company's  revenues during 1995.  A
key  component of the  Company's growth strategy  is its continued international
expansion. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able  successfully
to  market, sell and deliver  its services in international  markets, or that it
will be able successfully to acquire companies, or integrate acquired companies,
to expand  international  operations.  In  addition,  there  are  certain  risks
inherent  in conducting  international business, including  exposure to currency
fluctuations, longer payment cycles, greater difficulties in accounts receivable
collection,  difficulties  in  complying  with   a  variety  of  foreign   laws,
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
unexpected  changes  in regulatory  requirements,  difficulties in  staffing and
managing foreign operations, political  instability and potentially adverse  tax
consequences.  There can be no  assurance that one or  more of such factors will
not have a  material adverse  effect on the  Company's international  operations
and, consequently, on the Company's business, results of operations or financial
condition.  See "Business--International Operations" and "Pro Forma Consolidated
Condensed Financial Information."
 
    VARIABILITY OF QUARTERLY  OPERATING RESULTS.   The Company has  experienced,
and in the future could experience, quarterly variations in revenues as a result
of  a  variety of  factors, many  of  which are  outside the  Company's control,
including: the timing  of new contracts;  the timing of  new product or  service
offerings  or modifications in client  strategies; the expiration or termination
of existing contracts; the timing of  increased expenses incurred to obtain  and
support  new business;  changes in the  Company's revenue mix  among its various
service offerings;  and  the  seasonal  pattern of  certain  of  the  businesses
serviced  by the  Company. In addition,  the Company's  planned staffing levels,
investments and other operating expenditures are based on revenue forecasts.  If
revenues  are below expectations  in any given  quarter, the Company's operating
results would  likely be  materially adversely  affected for  that quarter.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations--Quarterly Results."
 
    COMPLIANCE WITH  GOVERNMENT  REGULATION.    Because  the  Company's  current
business  consists primarily of responding to inbound telephone calls, it is not
highly regulated. However,  in connection  with the limited  amount of  outbound
telemarketing  services that it provides, the Company is required to comply with
the Federal  Communications  Commission's  rules  under  the  Federal  Telephone
Consumer  Protection Act of 1991 and  the Federal Trade Commission's regulations
under the Federal Telemarketing and Consumer  Fraud and Abuse Prevention Act  of
1994, both of which govern telephone solicitation. In the event that the Company
decides   to  expand  its  outbound   telemarketing  services,  such  rules  and
regulations would  apply  to a  larger  percentage of  the  Company's  business.
Furthermore, there may be additional federal or state legislation, or changes in
regulatory  implementation,  that limit  the activities  of  the Company  or its
clients in  the  future  or  significantly  increase  the  cost  of  compliance.
Additionally,  the Company could be responsible  for its failure, or the failure
of its clients, to comply with regulations applicable to its clients.
 
    CONTROL BY PRINCIPAL  STOCKHOLDER.   Following completion  of the  Offering,
Kenneth  D.  Tuchman,  the  Company's Chairman,  President  and  Chief Executive
Officer, will beneficially own approximately 72.2% of the outstanding shares  of
Common  Stock  (approximately  70.6%  if  the  Underwriters'  over-allotment  is
exercised in full). As a result, Mr.  Tuchman will continue to be able to  elect
the  entire Board of Directors  of the Company and  to control substantially all
other matters  requiring  action  by the  Company's  stockholders.  Such  voting
concentration  may have  the effect  of discouraging,  delaying or  preventing a
change in control of the Company. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
 
    NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET AND POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE.  Prior to the
Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock, and there can be
no assurance that an active public market  for the Common Stock will develop  or
be sustained after the Offering. The initial public offering price of the Common
Stock  offered hereby was determined by negotiations between the Company and the
Underwriters based upon several factors. See "Underwriters" for a discussion  of
the  factors considered  in determining the  initial public  offering price. The
market price of the Common  Stock is likely to be  highly volatile and could  be
subject  to wide fluctuations  in response to  quarterly variations in operating
results, announcements of new contracts or contract cancellations, announcements
of technological innovations or new products  or services by the Company or  its
competitors,  changes  in financial  estimates by  securities analysts  or other
events or factors.  In addition,  the stock market  has experienced  significant
price  and volume fluctuations that have particularly affected the market prices
of equity securities of many companies and that have often been unrelated to the
operating performance of  such companies.  These broad  market fluctuations  may
adversely  affect the market price  of the Common Stock.  In the past, following
periods of volatility in the market price of a company's securities,  securities
class  action litigation has  often been instituted against  such a company. Any
such litigation instigated against the Company could result in substantial costs
and a diversion  of management's  attention and  resources, which  could have  a
material  adverse effect  on the  Company's business,  results of  operations or
financial condition.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
    SUBSTANTIAL NUMBER  OF SHARES  ELIGIBLE FOR  FUTURE  SALE.   The sale  of  a
substantial  number of shares of Common Stock, or the perception that such sales
could occur,  could adversely  affect  prevailing market  prices of  the  Common
Stock.  The Company is unable  to make any prediction as  to the effect, if any,
that future sales of Common Stock or  the availability of Common Stock for  sale
may  have on the market price of the  Common Stock prevailing from time to time.
In addition, any such sale or such  perception could make it more difficult  for
the Company to sell equity securities or equity related securities in the future
at  a time and price that the  Company deems appropriate. Upon completion of the
Offering, the Company will have outstanding an aggregate of 54,947,430 shares of
Common Stock, excluding shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options
outstanding under the TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Stock Plan (the "Option Plan") and
the TeleTech  Holdings,  Inc.  Directors Stock  Option  (the  "Directors  Option
Plan").  The Common Stock offered hereby will be freely tradeable (other than by
an "affiliate" of the Company as such  term is defined under the Securities  Act
of  1933, as amended (the "Securities Act")) without restriction or registration
under the Securities Act. All remaining  outstanding shares of Common Stock  may
be  sold under Rule  144 or Regulation  S promulgated under  the Securities Act,
subject to the holding period, volume, manner of sale and other restrictions  of
Rule  144  or Regulation  S  and subject  in  certain cases  to  180-day lock-up
agreements with the  Underwriters. See "Description  of Capital Stock,"  "Shares
Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriters."
 
   
    IMMEDIATE  AND  SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION.   Purchasers  of  Common Stock  in the
Offering will incur immediate dilution of  $13.26 per share in the net  tangible
book  value per share  of Common Stock  (based upon the  initial public offering
price of $14.50 per  share). To the extent  outstanding options to purchase  the
Company's  Common  Stock  are exercised,  there  will be  further  dilution. See
"Dilution."
    
 
    ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS.   Upon completion  of the Offering,  the Board  of
Directors  will have the authority to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred
stock  and  to  determine  the   price,  rights,  preferences,  privileges   and
restrictions,  including  voting rights,  of those  shares  without any  vote or
action by the stockholders. The rights of  the holders of the Common Stock  will
be  subject to, and may  be adversely affected by, the  rights of the holders of
any preferred  stock that  may be  issued in  the future.  The issuance  of  the
preferred  stock,  while  providing  desirable  flexibility  in  connection with
possible acquisitions and  other corporate  purposes, could have  the effect  of
making  it  more  difficult for  a  third party  to  acquire a  majority  of the
outstanding voting stock  of the  Company. The Company  has no  present plan  to
issue  any additional shares of preferred stock. Furthermore, certain provisions
of the  Company's  Restated Certificate  of  Incorporation and  By-laws  and  of
Delaware  law could  delay or  make difficult  a merger,  tender offer  or proxy
contest involving the Company. See "Description of Capital Stock."
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    TeleTech's principal executive offices are  located at 1700 Lincoln  Street,
Suite  1400, Denver, Colorado 80203 and  its telephone number is (303) 894-4000.
TeleTech was  incorporated  under the  laws  of  Delaware in  December  1994  in
connection with a restructuring of the ownership of TeleTech Telecommunications,
Inc.,  which was incorporated under the laws  of California in October 1982, and
TeleTech Teleservices, Inc., which was  incorporated under the laws of  Colorado
in  November 1992. As a result  of such restructuring, TeleTech Teleservices and
TeleTech Telecommunications became wholly-owned subsidiaries of TeleTech.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
    The net proceeds to TeleTech from the sale of the 4,000,000 shares of Common
Stock being offered by TeleTech  are estimated to be approximately  $52,570,000,
at  the initial public  offering price of  $14.50 per share  and after deducting
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. TeleTech
will not receive any  proceeds from the  sale of shares of  Common Stock by  the
Selling Stockholders. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders." TeleTech intends
to  use a  portion of  the net  proceeds of  the Offering  to repay indebtedness
outstanding under  its $15  million unsecured  revolving line  of credit,  which
bears interest at various rates that are selected by TeleTech at the time a draw
is  made. On July 15, 1996, a total  of $10.0 million was outstanding under this
line of credit,  bearing interest  at rates ranging  from 6.63%  to 6.75%.  Such
borrowings have been used by TeleTech for general corporate purposes. See note 6
to the Financial Statements.
    
 
    One  of the  principal reasons  for the  Offering is  to generate sufficient
capital to enable the Company to respond rapidly to changing market demands  and
to  provide  it  with  the flexibility  necessary  to  maintain  its competitive
position. To enable it to respond to  market demand and provide new or  expanded
services  on short notice, TeleTech may require additional Call Center capacity.
During 1996,  TeleTech expects  to use  approximately $7.8  million of  the  net
proceeds  of the  Offering to purchase  computer hardware and  software and fund
leasehold improvements needed to equip and  open one additional Call Center  and
expand  an existing Call Center. A portion of  the net proceeds also may be used
for the  acquisition of  businesses, products  and technologies  that extend  or
complement TeleTech's existing business; however, TeleTech has no current plans,
agreements  or commitments and is not currently engaged in any negotiations with
respect to any such transaction. In addition, TeleTech intends to use a  portion
of  the net proceeds for working capital and general corporate purposes. Pending
any of such  uses, TeleTech plans  to invest  the net proceeds,  other than  net
proceeds  used to repay  short-term indebtedness, in  investment grade, interest
bearing securities.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    In 1995 TeleTech paid a dividend of approximately $452,000 to its  principal
stockholder.  TeleTech does not expect  to pay dividends on  its Common Stock in
1996 or in the foreseeable future.  The Board of Directors anticipates that  all
cash  flow generated from operations in  the foreseeable future will be retained
and used  to develop  and  expand TeleTech's  business.  Any future  payment  of
dividends   will  depend  upon  TeleTech's   results  of  operations,  financial
condition, cash requirements and other factors  deemed relevant by the Board  of
Directors.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
   
    The following table sets forth as of March 31, 1996 the Company's (i) actual
short-term debt and capitalization, (ii) short-term debt and capitalization on a
pro  forma basis after giving effect to the Preferred Stock Conversion and (iii)
short-term debt and  capitalization as adjusted  to reflect the  sale of  Common
Stock  offered hereby (at the initial public  offering price of $14.50 per share
and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the
Offering expenses  payable  by the  Company)  and  the application  of  the  net
proceeds therefrom as described herein under "Use of Proceeds."
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                           --------------------------------------
                                                                                                      PRO FORMA
                                                                            ACTUAL      PRO FORMA    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                           ---------  -------------  ------------
                                                                                 (UNAUDITED, IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>            <C>
Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt..............  $   5,819    $   5,819    $   2,319(1)
                                                                           ---------  -------------  ------------
                                                                           ---------  -------------  ------------
Long-term debt, net of current portion (2)...............................  $   6,536    $   6,536    $   6,536
                                                                           ---------  -------------  ------------
Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $6.45 per
 share (3)...............................................................     13,079           --           --
Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock, par value $.01 per share (4).............................        417          510          550
  Additional paid-in capital.............................................      7,067       20,053       72,578
  Cumulative translation adjustment......................................        141          141          141
  Unearned compensation--restricted stock................................       (380)        (380)        (380)
  Treasury stock (5).....................................................         --           --         (988)
  Retained earnings......................................................      2,584        2,584        2,584
                                                                           ---------  -------------  ------------
    Total stockholders' equity...........................................      9,829       22,908       74,485
                                                                           ---------  -------------  ------------
      Total capitalization...............................................  $  29,444    $  29,444    $  81,021
                                                                           ---------  -------------  ------------
                                                                           ---------  -------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------
(1) Reflects repayment of the March 31, 1996 balances outstanding under the line
    of credit.
 
(2)  See notes 4, 5 and 7 to the Financial Statements contained elsewhere herein
    for information regarding the Company's long-term debt.
 
(3) The 1,860,000 shares of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred  stock,
    including  accrued dividends thereon of $1.1 million, will be converted into
    9,300,000 shares of Common  Stock. See note 11  to the Financial  Statements
    contained elsewhere herein.
 
   
(4)  Does not  include 7,750,000 shares  reserved for issuance  upon exercise of
    outstanding options under the Option Plan and the Directors Option Plan.  At
    July  15, 1996, options  to acquire 4,800,580  shares were outstanding under
    the Option Plan and options to acquire 237,500 shares were outstanding under
    the Directors Option Plan,  which options have  a weighted average  exercise
    price   of  $5.05  per   share  and  $5.00   per  share,  respectively.  See
    "Management--Compensation of Directors," "Management--Executive
    Compensation," "Management--TeleTech Stock Option Plan."
    
 
(5) Reflects the Company's acquisition of 98,810 shares of Common Stock from one
    of the  Selling  Shareholders  immediately  prior  to  the  closing  of  the
    Offering,  which  shares  will  be  held  as  treasury  stock.  See "Certain
    Relationships and Related Party Transactions."
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
   
    The pro forma  net tangible book  value of  TeleTech as of  March 31,  1996,
after  giving effect  to the  five-for-one stock  split and  the Preferred Stock
Conversion, was $16,635,826, or $0.33 per  share of Common Stock. "Net  tangible
book value" per share is equal to the aggregate tangible assets of TeleTech less
its aggregate liabilities, divided by the total number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding on March 31, 1996. After giving effect to the estimated net proceeds
to  TeleTech of the Offering, the pro  forma net tangible book value of TeleTech
as of March  31, 1996 would  have been approximately  $68,212,726, or $1.24  per
share  of Common  Stock. This represents  an immediate increase  in net tangible
book value per share of $0.91 to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution
in net tangible book value per share of $13.26 to purchasers of Common Stock  in
the Offering, as illustrated in the following table:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                            <C>        <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share..............................             $   14.50
Net tangible book value per share at March 31, 1996..........................  $    0.33
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new
 investors...................................................................       0.91
                                                                               ---------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the Offering...............                  1.24
                                                                                          ---------
Dilution per share to new investors..........................................             $   13.26
                                                                                          ---------
                                                                                          ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    TeleTech  has reserved an aggregate of  7,750,000 shares of Common Stock, as
adjusted to reflect the five-for-one stock split of the Company's Common  Stock,
for  issuance upon exercise  of outstanding options and  future awards under the
Option Plan and  the Directors  Option Plan.  As of  July 15,  1996, there  were
outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 4,800,580 shares of Common Stock
under  the Option  Plan, at  a weighted  average price  of $5.06  per share, and
outstanding options to purchase an aggregate  of 237,500 shares of Common  Stock
under  the  Directors  Option  Plan, at  a  price  of $5.00  per  share.  Of the
foregoing, options to purchase  an aggregate of 788,333  shares of Common  Stock
were  exercisable as of  July 15, 1996. See  "Management--Stock Option Plan" and
"Management--Compensation of Directors."
    
 
   
    The following table sets forth as of July 15, 1996 the relative  investments
of the existing TeleTech stockholders and of the new investors, giving pro forma
effect  to (i)  the sale  by TeleTech of  4,000,000 shares  and the  sale by the
Selling Stockholders  of 2,220,000  shares  of the  Common Stock  being  offered
hereby,  at the  initial public  offering price  of $14.50  per share,  (ii) the
five-for-one  stock  split  and  (iii)  consummation  of  the  Preferred   Stock
Conversion:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        SHARES PURCHASED           TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                                    -------------------------  ---------------------------  AVERAGE PRICE
                                                       NUMBER       PERCENT        AMOUNT        PERCENT      PER SHARE
                                                    ------------  -----------  --------------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>          <C>             <C>          <C>
Existing stockholders.............................    48,826,240          89%  $   19,667,000          18%    $    0.40
New investors.....................................     6,220,000          11       90,190,000          82         14.50
                                                    ------------       -----   --------------       -----
    Total.........................................    55,046,240(1)        100% $  109,857,000        100%
                                                    ------------       -----   --------------       -----
                                                    ------------       -----   --------------       -----
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------
(1)  Includes 98,810 shares of Common Stock that  will be held by the Company as
    treasury  stock  following  the  closing  of  the  Offering.  See   "Certain
    Relationships and Related Party Transactions."
 
    The  foregoing table assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment
option and no exercise of  options outstanding. To the  extent that any of  such
options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The  following selected  financial data should  be read  in conjunction with
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations"  and  the  Financial  Statements  and  the  related  notes appearing
elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus.  The  following  table  presents  selected  (a)
consolidated  and combined  financial data for  TeleTech for (i)  the year ended
January 31, 1992, which  have been derived  from reviewed financial  statements;
(ii)  the year  ended January  31, 1993,  which have  been derived  from audited
financial statements; (iii)  the eleven  months ended December  31, 1993,  which
have been derived from financial statements (including those set forth elsewhere
in  this  Prospectus)  that  have  been  audited  by  Gumbiner,  Savett, Finkel,
Fingleson &  Rose,  Inc.,  independent public  accountants  (formerly  Gumbiner,
Savett, Friedman and Rose, Inc.); (iv) each of the two years in the period ended
December  31, 1995, which are derived from financial statements (including those
set forth  elsewhere  in this  Prospectus)  that  have been  audited  by  Arthur
Andersen  LLP, independent  public accountants; and  (v) the  three months ended
March 31, 1995 and 1996; and (b) unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data
for the year ended December 31, 1995. The selected financial data for the  three
months  ended  March 31,  1995  and 1996  are  derived from  unaudited financial
statements  that,  in  the  opinion  of  management,  include  all  adjustments,
consisting  principally  of  normal  recurring accruals,  necessary  for  a fair
presentation of such data. The results for the three months ended March 31, 1996
are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full fiscal year.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 ELEVEN
                                                                 MONTHS                                          THREE MONTHS
                                              YEAR ENDED         ENDED           YEAR ENDED                         ENDED
                                              JANUARY 31,       DECEMBER        DECEMBER 31,                      MARCH 31,
                                          -------------------  31,          --------------------               ----------------
                                                       1993       1993         1994       1995                  1995     1996
                                                      -------  ----------   ----------   -------               -------  -------
                                                                                                     PRO
                                                                                                  FORMA (1)
                                                                                                  YEAR ENDED
                                            1992                                                   DECEMBER
                                          ---------                                               31,
                                                                                                     1995
                                          (UNAUDITED)                                             ----------
                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                       <C>         <C>      <C>          <C>          <C>      <C>          <C>      <C>
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND OPERATING DATA)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues................................  $ 5,751     $13,814  $19,520      $   35,462   $50,467  $60,706      $10,412  $22,019
  Costs of services.....................    2,703       7,324   10,727          17,406    27,246   31,239      5,469     11,194
  SG&A expenses.........................    3,380       6,240    7,956          15,860    18,625   24,908      4,329      8,102
                                          ---------   -------  ----------   ----------   -------  ----------   -------  -------
Income (loss) from operations...........     (332)        250      837           2,196     4,596    4,559        614      2,723
Other income (expenses).................      707        (125)    (299)           (481)    2,489(2)   2,784(2) 2,338  (2)    (464)
Provision for (benefit of) income
 taxes..................................      161          73      (10)             20     2,929    3,353      1,324      1,001
                                          ---------   -------  ----------   ----------   -------  ----------   -------  -------
Net income..............................  $   214     $    52  $   548      $    1,695   $ 4,156(2) $ 3,990(2) $1,628 (2) $ 1,258
                                          ---------   -------  ----------   ----------   -------  ----------   -------  -------
                                          ---------   -------  ----------   ----------   -------  ----------   -------  -------
Pro forma net income....................  $   214     $    52  $   299(3)   $    1,037(3) $ 4,156(2) $ 3,990(2) $1,628 (2) $ 1,258
                                          ---------   -------  ----------   ----------   -------  ----------   -------  -------
                                          ---------   -------  ----------   ----------   -------  ----------   -------  -------
Pro forma net income per share of Common
 Stock and equivalents (4)..............  $    --     $    --  $   .01(3)   $      .02(3) $   .08(2) $   .07(2) $ .03  (2) $   .02
Weighted average shares outstanding
 (4)....................................   43,753      43,753   43,753          43,753    54,304   54,304      54,233    54,328
 
OPERATING DATA:
  Number of Call Centers................        1           1        2               2         3                   3          9
  Number of workstations................      300         300      560             560       960                 960      3,107
</TABLE>
    
 
                                                        (FOOTNOTES ON NEXT PAGE)
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      MARCH 31, 1996
                              JANUARY 31,                  DECEMBER 31,                           ----------------------
                        ------------------------  -------------------------------                                PRO
                                         1993       1993       1994       1995                     ACTUAL     FORMA (5)
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------                 ---------  -----------
                                                                                     PRO FORMA
                                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                            1992                                                     1995 (1)
                        -------------                                              -------------
                         (UNAUDITED)                                                (UNAUDITED)        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                     <C>            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital
 (deficit)............    $     221    $    (250) $    (228) $    (780) $  11,305    $   8,340    $   5,380   $   5,380
Total assets..........        2,238        4,617     12,034     10,102     30,583       39,882       49,454      49,454
Long-term debt, net of
 current portion......          828        1,416      3,528      2,463      3,590        5,468        6,536       6,536
Total stockholders'
 equity...............          338          394        942      2,197      3,791        8,220        9,829      22,908
 
<CAPTION>
 
                        PRO FORMA AS
                        ADJUSTED (6)
                        -------------
 
<S>                     <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital
 (deficit)............    $  56,957
Total assets..........       97,531
Long-term debt, net of
 current portion......        6,536
Total stockholders'
 equity...............       74,485
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
(1) Reflects the consolidated operating results and financial position of Access
    24 and  its  subsidiaries, which  were  acquired by  the  Company  effective
    January  1, 1996, as  if such acquisition  had been completed  on January 1,
    1995. Costs and expenses of Access  24 have been reflected, for purposes  of
    this presentation, as costs of services.
 
(2) Includes the $2.4 million pre-tax net proceeds of a one-time payment made by
    a  former  client  to  TeleTech  in  connection  with  such  client's  early
    termination of a contract.
 
(3) During 1993 and 1994, the Company was an S corporation and, accordingly, was
    not subject  to  federal income  taxes.  Pro  forma net  income  includes  a
    provision  for income taxes at an effective  rate of 44.4% for the 11 months
    ended December 31, 1993 and 39.5% for the year ended December 31, 1994.
 
(4) Calculated in the manner described in note 1 to the Financial Statements.
 
(5) Reflects  the  conversion  of  1,860,000  shares  of  Preferred  Stock  into
    9,300,000 shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Preferred Stock Conversion.
 
   
(6)  Reflects the  sale of  4,000,000 shares  of Common  Stock being  offered by
    TeleTech at the initial  public offering price of  $14.50 per share (net  of
    approximately  $5.4 million of estimated  offering expenses and underwriting
    discounts and commissions) and the application of the estimated net proceeds
    therefrom, including  repayment  of  short-term indebtedness.  See  "Use  of
    Proceeds" and "Capitalization."
    
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
             PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
    The  following unaudited  pro forma consolidated  condensed income statement
gives effect to the acquisition of Access 24 as if it had occurred on January 1,
1995 and does not purport to represent what the Company's results of  operations
actually would have been if such transactions had in fact occurred on such date.
See "Business--International Operations." The pro forma adjustments are based on
currently  available information  and upon  certain assumptions  that management
believes are reasonable  under current  circumstances. The  unaudited pro  forma
consolidated  financial  information and  accompanying notes  should be  read in
conjunction with the Financials  Statements and the  related notes thereto,  and
other  financial information pertaining  to the Company  and Access 24 including
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations" and "Business--International Operations," included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                             ------------------------------------------------------
                                                             TELETECH
                                                             ---------   ACCESS 24      ADJUSTMENTS      PRO FORMA
                                                                        ------------  ----------------  -----------
                                                                        (UNAUDITED)     (UNAUDITED)     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>           <C>               <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:                                               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
Revenues...................................................  $  50,467  $  10,239     $      --          $  60,706
Operating expenses.........................................     45,871     10,036(1)        240 (2)(3       56,147
                                                             ---------  ------------      -----         -----------
Income (loss) from operations..............................      4,596        203          (240)             4,559
Other income...............................................      2,489         295             --            2,784
Provision for income taxes.................................      2,929         424             --            3,353
                                                             ---------  ------------        -----       -----------
Net income (loss)..........................................  $   4,156  $       74    $      (240     ) $    3,990
                                                             ---------  ------------        -----       -----------
                                                             ---------  ------------        -----       -----------
Pro forma net income per share.............................  $     .08                                  $      .07
Shares used in computing pro forma net income per share
 (4).......................................................     54,304                                      54,304
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------
(1) Includes approximately $300,000 associated with the opening of a Call Center
    in  the United  Kingdom and  a $141,000  write-off of  an unrecoverable loan
    associated with the disposition of an unrelated business.
 
(2) Includes $422,000  of amortization  of goodwill arising  from the  Company's
    acquisition  of Access 24. The Company acquired 100% of the capital stock of
    Access 24  on January  1,  1996 for  total  consideration of  $7.1  million,
    consisting  of $2.3 million in  cash and 970,240 shares  of Common Stock. In
    addition, the Company  incurred approximately  $255,000 of  legal and  other
    costs  related to the acquisition. The  Company allocated the purchase price
    based upon the fair market value of the assets acquired and the  liabilities
    assumed. The following is a summary of the purchase price allocation:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Assets acquired:
<S>                                                                           <C>
  Cash and cash investments.................................................  $  603,000
  Accounts receivable.......................................................   1,467,000
  Property, plant and equipment.............................................   3,119,000
  Goodwill..................................................................   6,380,000
  Other assets..............................................................     636,000
                                                                              ----------
                                                                              $12,205,000
                                                                              ----------
Liabilities assumed:
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities..................................  (1,750,000)
  Debt and capital lease obligations........................................  (2,472,000)
  Other liabilities.........................................................    (612,000)
                                                                              ----------
                                                                              (4,834,000)
                                                                              ----------
                                                                              $7,371,000
                                                                              ----------
                                                                              ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The  Company is amortizing  goodwill arising from  the acquisition using the
    straight line method over an estimated life of 15 years.
 
(3) Includes a $182,000 credit to eliminate Access 24's historical  amortization
    of goodwill.
 
(4) Includes outstanding shares of common stock and common stock equivalents.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
               MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                      CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
OVERVIEW
 
    TeleTech  generates its revenues by  providing customer care solutions, both
from TeleTech-owned  Call  Centers  (fully  outsourced)  and  client-owned  Call
Centers  (facilities management).  The Company  normally bills  for its services
based on the  amount of time  Representatives devote to  a client's program  and
revenues are typically recognized as services are provided. The Company seeks to
enter  into multi-year contracts that cannot be terminated early except upon the
payment of  a contractually  agreed amount.  In 1995,  revenues from  multi-year
contracts   represented  64%  of  total  revenues.  Approximately  60%  of  such
multi-year contract  revenues  were attributable  to  contracts that  contain  a
provision  requiring the client to pay the Company a contractually agreed amount
in the event of early termination of  the contract. In the second half of  1995,
the  Company signed large,  multi-year contracts with  United Parcel Service and
CompuServe and obtained  additional business from  AT&T for programs  commencing
principally  in  the  first  quarter of  1996.  Accordingly,  management expects
revenues from multi-year contracts to increase as a percentage of total revenues
in 1996.
 
    TeleTech's profitability  is significantly  influenced  by its  Call  Center
capacity utilization. The Company seeks to optimize new and existing Call Center
capacity utilization during both peak (weekday) and off-peak (night and weekend)
periods  to achieve maximum  fixed cost absorption.  The Company carefully plans
the development and opening of new Call Centers to minimize the financial impact
resulting from excess  capacity. To  enable the  Company to  respond rapidly  to
changing  market demands, implement  new programs and  expand existing programs,
TeleTech may require additional Call  Center capacity. TeleTech currently  plans
to open one additional Call Center and expand an existing Call Center by the end
of 1996. If, prior to the opening or expansion of a Call Center, the Company has
not  contracted  with clients  for  the provision  of  services that  will fully
utilize  peak  period  capacity,  TeleTech  may  experience,  at  least  in  the
short-term,  excess Call  Center capacity.  The Company's  results of operations
have  not  been   materially  adversely   affected  by   peak  period   capacity
underutilization,  other  than  for a  brief  period during  1995  following the
Company's opening of its Burbank Call Center. See "--1995 Compared to 1994"  and
"Risk Factors--Difficulties of Managing Rapid Growth."
 
    The  Company records costs  specifically associated with  client programs as
costs of services. These costs, which  include direct labor wages and  benefits,
telecommunication  charges, sales  commissions and  certain facility  costs, are
primarily variable  in  nature.  All other  expenses  of  operations,  including
expenses attributable to technology support, sales and marketing, human resource
management  and  other  administrative  functions  and  Call  Center operational
expenses that are not  allocable to specific programs  are recorded as  selling,
general  and administrative ("SG&A")  expenses. SG&A expenses  tend to be either
semi-variable or fixed in  nature. Historically, the  majority of the  Company's
operating  expenses have  consisted of labor  costs. Accordingly, Representative
wage rates, which comprise the majority of the Company's labor costs, have  been
and are expected to continue to be a key component of the Company's expenses.
 
    The  cost  characteristics of  TeleTech's  fully outsourced  programs differ
significantly  from  the  cost  characteristics  of  its  facilities  management
programs.  Under facilities management  programs, Call Centers  are owned by the
client  but  are  staffed  and  managed  by  TeleTech.  Accordingly,  facilities
management  programs have higher  costs of services as  a percentage of revenues
and lower  SG&A expenses  as  a percentage  of  revenues than  fully  outsourced
programs.  As a result, the  Company expects that its  overall gross margin will
fluctuate  as  revenues  attributable  to  fully  outsourced  programs  vary  in
proportion  to revenues attributable to facilities management programs. Based on
the foregoing, management believes that, for purposes of measuring profitability
on a period-to-period basis, operating  margin, which is income from  operations
expressed as a percentage of revenues, may be less subject to fluctuation as the
proportion  of the Company's business portfolio attributable to fully outsourced
programs versus facilities management programs changes. Because the Company  did
not  begin significant operations under its  first, and to date only, facilities
management agreement until  April 1996,  the Company did  not generate  material
revenues  from facilities management programs during  any periods covered by the
Financial Statements.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
    TeleTech's revenues and income from operations have grown significantly over
the past three years. During this period, the Company's revenues have grown from
$19.5 million for the 11 months ended December 31, 1993 to $50.5 million for the
year ended December  31, 1995 and  operating margin has  increased from 4.3%  in
1993 to 9.1% in 1995. The significant growth in revenues and operating margin is
the result of increased revenues from new and existing contracts and utilization
of  additional capacity resulting from the  February 1995 opening of the Burbank
Call Center. In the first quarter  of 1996, the Company's operating margin  rose
to  12.4%. Management attributes this growth to the successful implementation of
the Company's  strategy of  developing  long-term strategic  relationships  with
large  corporate  clients in  targeted  industries and  the  Company's resulting
ability to spread its fixed costs over a larger revenue base.
 
    The Company acquired  Access 24  and its subsidiaries  effective January  1,
1996  for consideration  of $2.3  million in cash  and 970,240  shares of Common
Stock. Access  24's  consolidated results  of  operations are  included  in  the
Company's  operating  results  beginning with  the  first quarter  of  1996. The
operations of Access 24, which consist of inbound, client-branded customer  care
services,  have been substantially integrated into TeleTech's operations through
the  standardization  of  Access  24's  technology,  workstation  configuration,
business  processes  and  operational and  financial  reporting  with TeleTech's
systems. Access 24 typically bills its  clients monthly, based on the number  of
customers  enrolled in  a client's  program, pursuant  to multi-year agreements.
Access 24 is headquartered in Sydney,  Australia with Call Centers in  Australia
and New Zealand. On April 30, 1996, the Company sold a 50% interest in Access 24
Limited,  the Company's United Kingdom subsidiary  that owns and operates a Call
Center in London, for $3.8 million to PPP Healthcare Group plc, a large  private
health  insurer in the United Kingdom. The Company realized an after-tax gain of
approximately $1.6 million on this sale in the second quarter of 1996.  TeleTech
will  account  for its  investment  in Access  24  Limited as  an unconsolidated
subsidiary. See "Business--International Operations," "Risk
Factors--Difficulties of  Completing  and  Integrating  Acquisitions  and  Joint
Ventures"  and  the Consolidated  Financial  Statements of  Access  24 contained
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
    During 1993 and 1994, the Company was an S corporation and, accordingly, was
not subject  to income  taxes. Pro  forma net  income includes  a provision  for
federal  income taxes  at an  effective rate  of 44.4%  for the  11 months ended
December 31, 1993 and 39.5% for the year ended December 31, 1994.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following table sets forth certain income statement data as a percentage
of revenues:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                MARCH 31,
                                                        ------------------------------------  -----------------------
                                                          1993(1)      1994         1995          1995        1996
                                                        -----------  ---------  ------------  ------------  ---------
<S>                                                     <C>          <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>
Revenues..............................................       100.0%      100.0%     100.0%        100.0%        100.0%
  Costs of services...................................        54.9        49.1       54.0          52.5          50.8
  SG&A expenses.......................................        40.8        44.7       36.9          41.6          36.8
Income from operations................................         4.3         6.2        9.1           5.9          12.4
Other income (expenses)...............................        (1.5)       (1.4)       4.9(2)       22.5(2)       (2.1)
Provision for income taxes (3)........................          --          --        5.8          12.8           4.6
Net income (3)........................................         2.8         4.8        8.2(2)       15.6(2)        5.7
Pro forma net income (3)..............................         1.5         2.9        8.2(2)       15.6(2)        5.7
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
(1) Includes only eleven  months due to  a change in  the Company's fiscal  year
    end.
 
(2) Includes the $2.4 million pre-tax net proceeds of a one-time payment made by
    a  former client to TeleTech in the first quarter of 1995 in connection with
    such client's early termination of a contract (the "One-Time Payment").
 
(3) During 1993 and 1994, the Company was an S corporation and, accordingly, was
    not subject  to  federal income  taxes.  Pro  forma net  income  includes  a
    provision  for income taxes at an effective  rate of 44.4% for the 11 months
    ended December 31, 1993 and 39.5% for the year ended December 31, 1994.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995
 
    REVENUES.  Revenues increased $11.6 million, or 111.5%, to $22.0 million for
the first quarter of 1996 from $10.4 million for the first quarter of 1995. This
increase resulted from revenues of $9.4  million generated from new clients  and
$3.3  million in revenues of Access 24,  which was acquired in the first quarter
of 1996. These increases were  partially offset by the  loss of $1.1 million  in
revenues  due to the expiration of  certain contracts. The Company's program for
Continental Airlines  was completed  in  March 1996  and, due  to  Continental's
excess  in-house call center  capacity, was not renewed.  The lost revenues from
the expiration of the Continental Airlines program were more than offset in  the
first  quarter of 1996 by revenues from  new clients. The Company received prior
notice that Continental Airlines  would not renew  its contract upon  expiration
and  redeployed to new programs all of the workstations that previously had been
dedicated to  the  Continental  Airlines program.  Consequently,  there  was  no
material  capacity underutilization due to the  loss of the Continental Airlines
program; however, there can be no  assurance that the Company's loss of  another
large  client would not  result in substantial  underutilized capacity. Revenues
for the first quarter of 1996 reflect the first period in which the Burbank Call
Center, which  opened  in  February  1995, was  fully  utilized  and  additional
capacity in the Denver Call Center, which was expanded in February 1996.
 
    COSTS  OF SERVICES.  Costs of services increased $5.7 million, or 104.7%, to
$11.2 million for  the first quarter  of 1996  from $5.5 million  for the  first
quarter  of 1995.  Costs of  services decreased as  a percentage  of revenues to
50.8% for the first quarter  of 1996 from 52.5% for  the first quarter of  1995.
This change was primarily due to increased productivity as revenues increased at
a faster rate than personnel costs.
 
    SELLING,  GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  SG&A expenses increased $3.8 million,
or 87.2%, to $8.1 million  for the first quarter of  1996 from $4.3 million  for
the  first quarter of 1995. As a percentage of revenues, SG&A expenses decreased
to 36.8% for the first quarter of 1996 from 41.6% for the first quarter of  1995
reflecting  economies of scale associated with spreading fixed and semi-variable
costs over a larger revenue base.  This decrease primarily resulted from a  3.5%
decrease in wage expense as a percentage of revenues.
 
    INCOME FROM OPERATIONS.  Operating income increased $2.1 million, or 343.5%,
to  $2.7 million  in the first  quarter of  1996 from $614,000  during the first
quarter of 1995. Operating income as a percentage of revenues increased to 12.4%
in the first quarter of 1996 from 5.9% in the same period in 1995.
 
    OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES).  Other income (expenses) decreased $2.8 million, or
(119.8%), to ($464,000) for the first quarter of 1996 from $2.3 million for  the
first  quarter  of  1995. This  decrease  primarily resulted  from  the One-Time
Payment.
 
    NET INCOME.   As a  result of the  foregoing factors,  net income  decreased
$370,000,  or 22.7%,  to $1.3 million  for the  first quarter of  1996 from $1.6
million for  the first  quarter of  1995. Excluding  the One-Time  Payment,  net
income  for the  three months  ended March  31, 1995  would have  been $116,000.
Accordingly, net income  would have increased  $1.1 million, or  984.5%, in  the
first quarter of 1996 compared to the same period in 1995.
 
   
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS -- SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1995
    
 
    REVENUES.  Revenues increased $34.3 million, or 153.8%, to $56.6 million for
the  six months ended June 30, 1996 from  $22.3 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1995. The increase resulted from $5.8 million in revenues of Access 24,
which was acquired in the first quarter of 1996, $22.1 million in revenues  from
new  clients (including $7.1  million attributable to  the facilities management
agreement with United Parcel Service),  and $14.0 million in increased  revenues
from  existing clients. These increases were  offset by contract expirations and
other client reductions, including the loss  of $3.5 million in revenues due  to
the  expiration of  the Continental  Airlines contract  in the  first quarter of
1996. Revenues in the six months ended June 30, 1996 also reflect the additional
capacity provided by the opening of the Thornton Call Center in April 1996.
 
    COSTS OF SERVICES.  Costs of services increased $19.8 million, or 166.4%, to
$31.7 millon for the six months ended  June 30, 1996 from $11.9 million for  the
six  months ended June 30,  1995. Costs of services  as a percentage of revenues
increased from 53.4% for the six months ended June 30, 1995 to 56.0% for the six
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
months ended  June  30, 1996.  This  increase in  the  costs of  services  as  a
percentage  of revenues is a result of  the $7.1 million of revenues received in
the second quarter  of 1996  from the Company's  facilities management  program,
under  which the  Company commenced significant  operations in  April 1996. This
program has lower billing rates and, accordingly, higher costs of services as  a
percentage  of revenues than fully outsourced programs. There were no facilities
management program revenues in the six months ended June 30, 1995.
 
    SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  SG&A expenses increased $10.0 million,
or 116.3%, to $18.6  million for the  six months ended June  30, 1996 from  $8.6
million for the six months ended June 30, 1995. This increase is almost entirely
the  result  of  increased  revenues  during  the  period.  SG&A  expenses  as a
percentage of revenues decreased  from 38.5% for the  six months ended June  30,
1995  to 32.8%  for the  six months ended  June 30,  1996, primarily  due to the
impact of  the  Company's facilities  management  program, which  provided  $7.1
million  in revenues but resulted in insignificant additional SG&A expenses, and
also as a result of the spreading of fixed costs over a larger revenue base.
 
   
    INCOME FROM OPERATIONS.   As a  result of the  foregoing factors,  operating
income  increased $4.5 million,  or 250.0%, to  $6.3 million for  the six months
ended June 30, 1996 from  $1.8 million for the six  months ended June 30,  1995.
Operating  income as a  percentage of revenues  increased from 8.1%  for the six
months ended June  30, 1995 to  11.1% for the  six months ended  June 30,  1996.
Operating income was $2.7 million, representing 12.4% of revenues, for the first
three  months  of 1996.  The decrease  in  operating income  as a  percentage of
revenues for the first six  months of 1996 from the  first three months of  1996
resulted  primarily from approximately  $900,000 in costs  relating to the rapid
expansion of a recently introduced program for a major client, which costs  were
incurred  principally in the second quarter of 1996, as well as costs associated
with the related relocation of a smaller client program from one Call Center  to
another.  During the  three months  ended June 30,  1996, the  Company had $10.6
million in  increased revenues  from  clients for  which the  Company  commenced
operations in the first quarter of 1996.
    
 
    OTHER  INCOME (EXPENSE).   Other expense increased  $2.9 million to $544,000
for the six months ended June 30, 1996 compared to other income of $2.4  million
for  the six  months ended  June 30,  1995, which  increase in  other expense is
primarily due to the impact of the One-Time Payment during the first quarter  of
1995.
 
    NET  INCOME.   As a  result of the  foregoing factors,  net income increased
$898,000 or 37.4%, to $3.3 million for  the six months ended June 30, 1996  from
$2.4  million for  the six  months ended June  30, 1995.  Excluding the One-Time
Payment, net income  for the  six months  ended June  30, 1995  would have  been
$908,000.  Accordingly net income would have  increased $2.4 million, or 264.3%,
in the first six months of 1996 compared to the first six months of 1995.
 
1995 COMPARED TO PRO FORMA 1995
 
    Pro forma  1995 reflects  the  combined operating  results of  TeleTech  and
Access 24, as if Access 24 had been acquired by TeleTech on January 1, 1995. For
the 12 months ended December 31, 1995, Access 24 had revenue of $10.2 million, a
loss  from operations of approximately  $37,000 and a net  loss of $166,000. The
results for such  period reflect  amortization of $422,000  of goodwill  arising
from  the Company's acquisition of Access 24, approximately $300,000 of expenses
associated with  the opening  of  a Call  Center in  the  United Kingdom  and  a
$141,000  write-off of an unrecoverable loan  associated with the disposition of
an unrelated business. On April 30, 1996, the Company sold a 50% interest in the
London Call Center to PPP, a large private health insurer in the United Kingdom.
See "Business--International Operations."
 
1995 COMPARED TO 1994
 
    REVENUES.  Revenues increased $15.0 million,  or 42.3%, to $50.5 million  in
1995  from  $35.5  million in  1994,  reflecting  an increase  in  revenues from
existing clients of approximately $6.4 million and revenues from new clients  of
approximately  $17.8  million.  These  increases were  partially  offset  by the
expiration without renewal of certain other client contracts. See "Other  Income
(Expenses)" below.
 
    COSTS  OF SERVICES.  Costs of services  increased $9.8 million, or 56.5%, to
$27.2 million in  1995 from  $17.4 million  in 1994.  The increase  in costs  of
services  is  primarily  the result  of  the  $15 million  increase  in revenues
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
for the period and the related increase in direct costs. Costs of services as  a
percentage  of  revenues increased  to 54.0%  in  1995 from  49.1% in  1994. The
majority of this percentage increase resulted  from the start-up of the  Burbank
Call  Center in  February 1995, which  was not fully  utilized immediately after
opening.  Consequently,  operating  costs  represented  a  comparatively  higher
percentage  of revenues. In  addition, during 1995 a  higher proportion of total
expenses were  classified  as costs  of  services as  the  Company was  able  to
allocate  to specific client  programs costs that  previously had been allocated
among multiple client programs as SG&A expenses. The Company's enhanced  ability
to identify costs related to specific programs resulted from improvements in the
Company's  systems as well as from the consolidation of accounting and financial
functions at the Company's headquarters in Denver.
 
    SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  SG&A expenses increased $2.8  million,
or  17.4%, to $18.6 million in 1995 from  $15.9 million in 1994. As a percentage
of revenues, SG&A  expenses decreased to  36.9% in  1995 from 44.7%  in 1994.  A
substantial  part of this change resulted from  a 4.0% reduction in wage expense
as a percentage of revenues.
 
    INCOME FROM OPERATIONS.  Income  from operations increased $2.4 million,  or
109.3%,  to $4.6 million in  1995 from $2.2 million  1994. Operating income as a
percentage of revenues increased to 9.1% in 1995 from 6.2% in 1994.
 
    OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES).  Other income (expenses) increased $3.0 million  to
$2.5  million in 1995 from  ($481,000) in 1994. This  increase resulted from the
One-Time Payment as well as increased interest income attributable to the  $12.0
million  proceeds received by  the Company from  the sale of  Preferred Stock in
1995.
 
    NET INCOME AND PRO FORMA NET INCOME.  Net income increased $2.5 million,  or
145.2%,  to $4.2 million in 1995  from $1.7 million in 1994.  As a result of the
foregoing factors, net income in 1995 increased $3.1 million, or 300.7%, to $4.2
million from pro forma net  income of $1.0 million  in 1994. Excluding the  One-
Time Payment, net income for 1995 would have been $2.6 million. Accordingly, net
income  for 1995 would  have increased $1.6  million, or 155.0%,  over pro forma
income of $1.0 million for 1994.
 
1994 COMPARED TO 1993
 
    During 1993,  the Company  changed its  fiscal  year to  December 31.  As  a
result,  the 1993 fiscal year  consists of the eleven  months ended December 31,
1993.
 
    REVENUES.  Revenues increased $15.9 million,  or 81.7%, to $35.5 million  in
1994  from $19.5  million in  1993. This  increase consisted  primarily of $14.2
million of  revenues generated  from new  clients, with  the remaining  increase
generated from existing clients. The increase reflects a full year of operations
of  the Denver  Call Center,  which generated $13.9  million of  revenue in 1994
versus $2.9 million of revenue in 1993.
 
    COSTS OF SERVICES.  Costs of  services increased $6.7 million, or 62.3%,  to
$17.4 million in 1994 from $10.7 million in 1993. Costs of services decreased as
a  percentage of  revenues to  49.1% in 1994  from 54.9%  in 1993.  Much of this
percentage decrease  resulted from  an increased  proportion of  services  being
performed in 1994 for higher-margin client programs compared to in 1993.
 
    SELLING,  GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  SG&A expenses increased $7.9 million,
or 99.3%, to  $15.9 million in  1994 from  $8.0 million in  1993. SG&A  expenses
increased  as a percentage of revenues to 44.7% in 1994 from 40.8% in 1993. Much
of this increase  resulted from increased  compensation expense associated  with
growth in administrative functions necessary to support projected expansion.
 
    INCOME  FROM OPERATIONS.  Income from  operations increased $1.4 million, or
162.4%, to $2.2 million  in 1994 from  $837,000 in 1993.  Operating income as  a
percentage of revenues increased to 6.2% in 1994 from 4.3% in 1993.
 
    PRO  FORMA NET INCOME.  As a result of the foregoing factors, and a decrease
in the effective tax  rate to 39.5%  for the year ended  December 31, 1994  from
44.4%  for the 11 months ended December 31, 1993, pro forma net income increased
$738,000, or 246.8%, to $1.0 million in 1994 from $299,000 in 1993.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
QUARTERLY RESULTS
 
    The  information  set  forth  below  is  derived  from  unaudited  quarterly
operating results of the Company for each quarter of 1994 and 1995 and the first
quarter of 1996. The data has been prepared by the Company on a basis consistent
with the Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus and includes
all  adjustments, consisting principally of  normal recurring accruals, that the
Company considers necessary  for a  fair presentation  thereof. These  operating
results are not necessarily indicative of the Company's future performance.
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        1994                                           1995
                                   ----------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------
                                     MAR 31       JUN 30      SEP 30     DEC 31     MAR 31(1)    JUN 30     SEP 30     DEC 31
                                   -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues.........................   $   8,976    $   8,406   $   8,080  $  10,000  $  10,412    $  11,879  $  12,692  $  15,484
  Costs of services..............       4,715        4,314       3,719      4,658      5,469        6,407      6,899      8,471
  SG&A expenses..................       3,556        4,014       3,702      4,588      4,329        4,265      4,575      5,456
Income from operations...........         705           78         659        754        614        1,207      1,218      1,557
Other income (expenses)..........        (118)        (154)       (102)      (107)     2,338(1)        35         38         78
Provision for (benefit of) income
 taxes...........................          15           (3)          2          6      1,324          449        394        762
Net income.......................         572          (73)        555        641      1,628          793        862        873
Pro forma net income (2).........         359          (49)        336        391      1,628          793        862        873
Pro forma net income per share...         .01           --         .01        .01        .03          .01        .02        .02
Weighted average shares
 outstanding.....................      43,753       43,753      43,753     43,753     54,233       54,328     54,328     54,328
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                     1996
                                   ---------
                                    MAR 31
                                   ---------
 
<S>                                <C>
Revenues.........................  $  22,019
  Costs of services..............     11,194
  SG&A expenses..................      8,102
Income from operations...........      2,723
Other income (expenses)..........       (464)
Provision for (benefit of) income
 taxes...........................      1,001
Net income.......................      1,258
Pro forma net income (2).........      1,258
Pro forma net income per share...        .02
Weighted average shares
 outstanding.....................     54,328
</TABLE>
    
 
    The following table sets forth certain income statement data as a percentage
of revenues:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    THREE MONTHS ENDED
                            --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               1994                                         1995                       1996
                            -------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------  ---------
                             MAR 31     JUN 30     SEP 30      DEC 31     MAR 31     JUN 30     SEP 30     DEC 31     MAR 31
                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues..................      100.0%     100.0%     100.0%      100.0%     100.0%     100.0%     100.0%     100.0%     100.0%
  Costs of services.......       52.5       51.3       46.0        46.6       52.5       53.9       54.4       54.7       50.8
  SG&A expenses...........       39.6       47.8       45.8        45.9       41.6       35.9       36.0       35.2       36.8
Income from operations....        7.9        0.9        8.2         7.5        5.9       10.2        9.6       10.1       12.4
Other income (expenses)...       (1.3)      (1.8)      (1.3)       (1.0)      22.4(1)       0.3       0.3       0.5       (2.1)
Provision for (benefit of)
 income taxes.............        0.2         --         --          --       12.7        3.8        3.1        4.9        4.6
Net income................        6.4       (0.9)       6.9         6.5       15.6(1)       6.7       6.8       5.7        5.7
Pro forma net income......        4.0       (0.6)       4.2(2)        3.9(2)      15.6       6.7       6.8       5.7       5.7
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
(1) Includes the One-Time Payment.
 
(2) During 1993 and 1994, the Company was an S corporation and, accordingly, was
    not  subject  to  federal income  taxes.  Pro  forma net  income  includes a
    provision for income taxes at an effective  rate of 44.4% for the 11  months
    ended December 31, 1993 and 39.5% for the year ended December 31, 1994.
 
    The  Company has  experienced and in  the future  could experience quarterly
variations in revenues as a  result of a variety of  factors, many of which  are
outside  the  Company's control,  including: the  timing  of new  contracts, the
timing  of  new  product  or  service  offerings  or  modifications  in   client
strategies;  the expiration or termination of  existing contracts; the timing of
increased expenses incurred to obtain and  support new business; changes in  the
Company's  revenue mix  among its  various service  offerings; and  the seasonal
pattern of certain of the businesses  serviced by the Company. In addition,  the
Company's  planned staffing levels, investments and other operating expenditures
are based on revenue forecasts. If revenues are below expectations in any  given
quarter,  the Company's financial  results would likely  be materially adversely
affected for that quarter.
 
    For the quarterly periods in 1994, revenues fluctuated principally due to  a
reduction  in services  provided for, and  the ultimate termination  of, a large
client program in the  first half of  1994. The decrease  in revenues from  this
client  program was partially  offset in the  third quarter of  1994 by revenues
from programs for new  clients of $2.6  million and fully  offset in the  fourth
quarter    of    1994    by   revenues    relating    to    increased   services
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
for new and existing  clients, aggregating $3.4  million. The revenue  increases
throughout  1995  reflect  $6.3  million from  increased  services  provided for
existing clients and $17.8 million from the addition of certain new clients.
 
    In 1994, costs  of services  declined from 52.5%  of revenues  in the  first
quarter  to 46.6%  in the  fourth quarter due  to the  implementation of certain
higher margin programs. Costs of services as a percentage of revenues  increased
from  46.6% in the fourth quarter of 1994 to 52.5% in the first quarter of 1995.
This $590,000  increase  primarily  resulted  from the  increase  in  the  costs
allocated to the specific client programs for which the costs were incurred. See
the  discussion under "1995 Compared  to 1994." For the  final three quarters of
1995, costs of services ranged between 53.9% and 54.7% of revenues, but declined
to 50.8% in the  first quarter of 1996  due to increased productivity  resulting
from higher Call Center capacity utilization.
 
    SG&A  expenses increased from 39.6% of revenues in the first quarter of 1994
to 47.8%  in the  second quarter  of 1994  due to  a lower  revenue base,  costs
associated  with the  relocation of the  Company's corporate  offices to Denver,
Colorado and increased management staffing to support the Company's growth. SG&A
expenses decreased  to 45.8%  of revenues  in  the third  quarter of  1994,  due
principally  to lower travel and advertising costs, and 45.9% of revenues in the
fourth quarter  of 1994  as fixed  and semi-variable  costs were  spread over  a
larger  revenue base.  Despite a  shift of certain  costs from  SG&A expenses to
costs of services in the first quarter of 1995, SG&A expenses as a percentage of
revenues were essentially unchanged due  to increased overhead costs  associated
with  establishing  the Company's  Burbank Call  Center without  a corresponding
increase in revenues for the first quarter of 1995. Once the Burbank Call Center
became fully  operational in  the second  quarter of  1995, SG&A  expenses as  a
percentage  of revenues ranged  from 35.2% to  36.8% from the  second quarter of
1995 through the first quarter of 1996.
 
    Income from  operations fluctuated  within the  quarterly periods  primarily
based  on  the  factors  noted  above.  Additionally,  other  income  (expenses)
increased to $2.3  million in  the first  quarter of  1995 due  to the  One-Time
Payment.  The provision for income  taxes in the first  quarter of 1995 reflects
the impacts  of  the  One-Time  Payment  and the  Company's  change  from  an  S
corporation to a C corporation.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    Historically,  TeleTech has  funded its operations  and capital expenditures
primarily through cash flow from  operations, borrowings under several lines  of
credit  and the sale  of $12.0 million  of Preferred Stock  in January 1995. The
Company has a $15.0 million unsecured revolving operating line of credit,  which
expires  on May 31,  1998. Borrowings under  this line bear  interest at various
rates that are selected by TeleTech each time a draw is made. At July 15,  1996,
outstanding  borrowings  under this  facility were  $10.0 million,  which accrue
interest at rates varying from 6.63%  to 6.75%. Borrowings under this line  have
been  used primarily for general corporate  purposes. Under this line of credit,
the Company has agreed to maintain certain financial ratios and has agreed that,
during any fiscal year during which the line remains in place, it will not incur
operating lease  expenses or  make investments  in fixed  assets or  in  capital
leases in excess of $15.0 million in the aggregate.
 
    In  addition,  the  Company  has  two  master  lease  agreements.  Under one
agreement, the Company  may lease equipment  up to an  aggregate value of  $15.0
million.  As of  June 30,  1996, amounts  outstanding under  this agreement were
approximately $6.0 million. Lease  rates under this agreement  are based upon  a
125  basis  points spread  over  3-year U.S.  Treasury  notes. Under  the second
agreement, the Company's borrowings are approved, and specific terms are set, on
a case-by-case basis. As  of June 30, 1996,  the total amount outstanding  under
this agreement was approximately $576,000.
 
    Cash provided by operating activities was $3.1 million for the first quarter
of  1996, $3.3 million in  1995 and $3.2 million in  1994. From the beginning of
1994 through the first  quarter of 1996, the  Company generated an aggregate  of
$9.5  million in cash from operating  activities, consisting of $12.0 million of
total net income before depreciation,  amortization and other non-cash  charges,
offset  in part by $(2.5) million changes in working capital. Changes in working
capital consist  primarily  of  fluctuations in  accounts  receivable,  accounts
payable and accruals arising from the growth of the Company's operations.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
    The  amount of  cash used  by the Company  in investing  activities was $3.0
million for the first  quarter of 1996  and $12.1 million  and $1.9 million  for
1995 and 1994, respectively. In the first quarter of 1996, the Company's capital
expenditures  were $3.3 million, the Company used $2.3 million for the Access 24
acquisition and short-term investments decreased  by $2.5 million. In 1995,  the
Company's  capital expenditures were  $1.7 million and  the Company's short-term
investments increased by $10.4 million. In 1994, capital expenditures were  $1.9
million.  Historically,  capital  expenditures  have  been,  and  future capital
expenditures are anticipated to be, primarily for the development of Call Center
facilities and  the  acquisition  of  equipment  to  support  expansion  of  the
Company's  existing  Call  Centers  and expansion  of  and  improvements  to the
Company's call and data management  systems and management information  systems.
Capital  expenditures, including  new capital  leases, equaled  $5.8 million and
$2.1 million in 1995  and 1994, respectively. The  Company currently expects  to
make  capital expenditures in 1996 of approximately $26 million, $3.3 million of
which was spent  during the  first quarter.  Although the  Company expects  that
approximately $7.8 million of such capital expenditures will be used to purchase
computer  hardware and software  and to fund  leasehold improvements required in
connection with the opening of one  additional Call Center and the expansion  of
an existing Call Center during 1996, as of July 15, 1996 the Company had not yet
made  any  commitments  to  incur  any  significant  capital  expenditures. Such
expenditures may be financed with internally  generated funds, a portion of  the
net  proceeds  of the  Offering or  through additional  borrowings. See  "Use of
Proceeds."
 
    Cash provided by financing activities for the first quarter of 1996 was $0.5
million, representing borrowings on the Company's line of credit, net of capital
lease payments. In 1995, cash provided  by financing activities of $8.8  million
resulted  primarily from the sale of $12.0 million of Preferred Stock in January
1995, which  was  partially  offset  by $2.8  millon  of  loan  repayments,  tax
distributions and dividends paid by the Company to its principal stockholder. In
1994,  the  Company  used  $1.2  million  for  financing  activities, consisting
primarily of repayments on the Company's bank line of credit and other long-term
debt.
 
    The Company believes that  the net proceeds of  the Offering, together  with
cash  from operations, existing cash and  available borrowings under its line of
credit and master lease agreements, will be sufficient to finance the  Company's
current operations, planned capital expenditures and anticipated growth at least
through  1997. However, if the Company were to make any significant acquisitions
for cash, it  may be  necessary for  the Company  to obtain  additional debt  or
equity  financing. The Company has no  current plans, agreements or commitments,
and is  not currently  engaged in  any negotiations,  with respect  to any  such
acquisition;  however any sale of additional equity or equity-related securities
could result in additional dilution to the Company's stockholders.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
    TeleTech is a leading provider of  customer care solutions for Fortune  1000
companies.  TeleTech's  customer  care  solutions  encompass  a  wide  range  of
telephone- and computer-based customer  acquisition, retention and  satisfaction
programs  designed to maximize the long-term  value of the relationships between
TeleTech's clients and their customers. Such programs involve all stages of  the
customer  relationship and consist of a  variety of customer service and product
support  activities,  such  as  providing  new  product  information,  enrolling
customers in client programs, providing 24-hour technical and help desk support,
resolving  customer  complaints  and conducting  satisfaction  surveys. TeleTech
works closely with  its clients  to rapidly  design and  implement large  scale,
tailored  customer care programs  that provide comprehensive  solutions to their
specific business needs.
 
    TeleTech   delivers   its   customer   care   services   primarily   through
customer-initiated  ("inbound")  telephone  calls and  also  over  the Internet.
Services   are    provided   by    trained   customer    care    representatives
("Representatives") in response to an inquiry that a customer makes by calling a
toll-free  telephone number or  by sending an  Internet message. Representatives
respond to these inquiries from TeleTech call centers ("Call Centers") utilizing
state-of-the-art workstations, which operate  on TeleTech's advanced  technology
platform, enabling the Representatives to provide rapid, single-call resolution.
This   technology   platform  incorporates   digital   switching,  client/server
technology, object-oriented  software  modules, relational  database  management
systems,  proprietary  call  tracking  management  software,  computer telephony
integration and interactive voice  response. TeleTech historically has  provided
services  from Call Centers leased and equipped by TeleTech ("fully outsourced")
and, since April 1996, also has  provided services from Call Centers leased  and
equipped by a client ("facilities management").
 
    TeleTech   typically   establishes   long-term,   strategic   relationships,
formalized   by   multi-year   contracts,   with   selected   clients   in   the
telecommunications,   technology,  transportation,  health  care  and  financial
services industries. TeleTech  targets clients  in these  industries because  of
their  complex product  and service  offerings and  large customer  bases, which
require frequent, often sophisticated,  customer interactions. For example,  the
Company  recently entered into significant, multi-year contracts with CompuServe
and United Parcel Service and obtained additional business from AT&T.
 
    The Company was founded in 1982 and has been providing inbound customer care
solutions since its inception. Between December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996, the
Company opened, acquired or initiated management of six Call Centers. As of July
15, 1996, TeleTech  owned, leased or  managed eight Call  Centers in the  United
States and one in each of the United Kingdom, Australia and New Zealand equipped
with a total of 4,732 state-of-the-art workstations. TeleTech currently plans to
expand an existing Call Center and open one additional Call Center by the end of
1996.  In the  first quarter  of 1996, approximately  95% of  the Company's call
handling revenues were derived from inbound customer inquiries.
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
    Companies today  are  finding it  increasingly  difficult to  satisfy  their
customers'  needs for service  and information. As  products and services become
more complex and product  and service choices  multiply, customers require  more
information  to  make intelligent  purchase decisions  and  to use  products and
services properly. In  addition, as  a result of  the growth  of consumer  sales
through  direct marketing channels (such  as cable television shopping networks,
catalogs and the  Internet), manufacturers are  increasingly required to  assume
the  customer service burden traditionally handled by full service retailers. As
a result  of  these and  other  factors,  the Company  believes  that  consumers
consider  the relative effectiveness, ease of use and responsiveness of customer
service and product support when evaluating comparable products or services, and
that superior  customer care  can provide  a competitive  advantage. Also,  many
companies  have realized that  retaining customers generally  is more profitable
than acquiring  new customers  and  that high  quality  customer service  is  an
important factor in customer satisfaction and retention.
 
    Many  companies find it  difficult to provide  high-quality customer service
and product support without diverting significant resources away from their core
businesses. Historically,  companies  have provided  customer  service  in-house
because  they  believed that  the "customer  interface" was  too critical  to be
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
outsourced. Many now acknowledge that they do not have the core competencies  or
are   unwilling  to  invest  the  substantial  resources  necessary  to  provide
high-quality, inbound customer care services on a timely, cost effective  basis.
As  a result, a large and rapidly growing customer care outsourcing industry has
emerged.  Management   believes  that   large  corporations   are   increasingly
outsourcing  their telephone-based marketing and  customer service activities as
part  of  an  overall  effort  to   focus  internal  resources  on  their   core
competencies, improve operating efficiencies and reduce costs.
 
    The  teleservices  industry  is  highly  fragmented  with  the  majority  of
participants providing a limited range of services. Based on conversations  with
current  and prospective  clients, TeleTech believes  that companies considering
outsourcing their customer care activities increasingly are seeking a  strategic
partner that can understand their business, can provide a comprehensive range of
services,   and  has  the  flexibility,  management  expertise,  facilities  and
technological and training resources to effectively and efficiently serve  their
customers' long-term needs.
 
THE TELETECH SOLUTION
 
    TeleTech  develops and implements strategic customer care solutions designed
to improve  the  long-term  value  of its  clients'  customer  relationships  by
enhancing  customer satisfaction and promoting  long-term loyalty, which in turn
can increase  each  client's revenues  and  profitability. The  Company  devotes
significant  resources to understanding a client's industry, products, services,
processes and culture and  then designs programs to  (i) improve the quality  of
customer  interactions, (ii) gather customer data and feedback, (iii) reduce the
operating costs associated  with the  delivery of customer  service and  product
support,  (iv) minimize the client's required investment in and technology risks
associated with operating in-house call centers, (v) eliminate the client's need
to manage large  numbers of  call center employees  and (vi)  enable clients  to
focus  on  their core  competencies. These  programs  enable TeleTech  to manage
inbound customer interactions  in a manner  that is seamless  with the  client's
operations  and gives  customers the impression  that they  are dealing directly
with the  client.  TeleTech  effectively  delivers  these  programs  by  rapidly
deploying  the technology and  human resources required  to implement and manage
comprehensive customer care solutions.
 
    TeleTech believes that its willingness  to invest resources to identify  the
customer  needs of a potential client and  its ability to quickly understand the
fundamental operations of  a client's business  differentiate TeleTech from  its
competitors  and enable it to offer unique and effective customer care solutions
and form  strategic partnerships  with  its clients.  By fully  understanding  a
client's  industry,  products,  services, processes  and  culture,  TeleTech can
design customized solutions that add value to a client's day-to-day interactions
with its customers. Additionally, TeleTech's responsive and flexible technology,
which can be easily expanded to meet demand, enables it to design customer  care
programs  that  can be  adapted quickly  and cost  effectively to  meet changing
client and customer needs. TeleTech's open-systems, client/server technology can
be connected with its clients' information systems, enabling data gathered  from
customer interactions to be reviewed and analyzed by TeleTech and its clients on
a real-time basis.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
    Key elements of the Company's business strategy are to:
 
    ENHANCE CLIENTS' RELATIONSHIPS WITH THEIR CUSTOMERS THROUGH INNOVATIVE
CUSTOMER CARE SOLUTIONS
 
    The  Company  believes that  enhancing  the client's  relationship  with its
customers at each stage of the  customer relationship is crucial to providing  a
value-added  solution to a client's customer  service and product support needs.
TeleTech works closely  with its  clients to  identify the  particular needs  of
their  customers, design  appropriate solutions and  implement tailored customer
care programs. TeleTech designs  solutions to be cost  effective and to  improve
the  quality of customer interactions and  foster long-term customer loyalty. As
part of  its comprehensive  solutions,  TeleTech collects  and provides  to  its
clients  customer information  that enables  its clients  to analyze  and better
manage  their   customer  bases   while  identifying   new  revenue   generating
opportunities.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
    DEVELOP LONG-TERM STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS WITH LARGE CLIENTS IN TARGETED
INDUSTRIES
 
    TeleTech  seeks  to  develop long-term  strategic  relationships  with large
corporate clients  in targeted  industries. The  Company focuses  its  marketing
efforts  on  industries containing  companies with  complex product  and service
offerings  and  with   large  customer  bases   that  require  frequent,   often
sophisticated,   customer   interactions.  To   establish   long-term  strategic
relationships with  its  clients,  TeleTech  typically  enters  into  multi-year
contracts  that  generate  recurring  revenues  for  TeleTech  and  utilize  its
technology, human resource and training investments. The Company has established
strategic  business  units   ("SBUs"),  with   dedicated  business   development
personnel,   that   target  clients   in  the   telecommunications,  technology,
transportation, health care and financial services industries.
 
    APPLY FLEXIBLE, INNOVATIVE TECHNOLOGICAL SOLUTIONS
 
    TeleTech's   technological    expertise   and    expandable    open-systems,
client/server  architecture enable it  to rapidly design  tailored customer care
programs, effectively interface with its clients' information systems and  adapt
quickly  to new  technologies. The  Company seeks  to differentiate  itself from
in-house and independent competitive  service providers by creatively  employing
hardware  configurations  and  software  applications  to  add  flexibility  and
responsiveness to its clients' customer  service and product support  processes.
TeleTech   uses  its  experience  in  the  development  of  customized  software
applications by combining industry-leading operating software with its extensive
library of  proprietary  applications  to rapidly  and  cost-effectively  design
user-friendly custom software applications.
 
    IMPLEMENT AND MAINTAIN SUPERIOR OPERATIONAL PROCESSES
 
    To  manage its growth and provide high levels of client service, the Company
is committed  to implementing  and  maintaining superior  operational  processes
capable  of efficiently executing customer care programs. Recognizing that it is
providing one  of  the client's  most  important and  sensitive  functions,  the
Company  adheres to a rigorous framework of quality processes based on ISO 9002,
an  internationally  recognized  standard  for  quality  assurance,  to   ensure
successful,  consistent  delivery of  client programs.  The Company  designs and
builds its  Call Centers  based on  a standardized  model to  provide  efficient
operations  while increasing employee productivity.  By linking its Call Centers
together into  a seamless  wide  area network  (WAN),  the Company  can  rapidly
transfer  voice and  data information  to provide  additional call  capacity and
disaster recovery, as needed.
 
    MAINTAIN EXCELLENCE IN HUMAN RESOURCE AND CALL CENTER MANAGEMENT
 
    The Company believes that its ability to attract, hire, train and manage its
employees and efficiently manage its Call Centers is critical to developing  and
maintaining  long-term client relationships.  TeleTech uses proprietary software
to automate  much  of  its  hiring, training,  quality  assurance  and  staffing
management  functions.  To  reduce  turnover  and  improve  the  quality  of its
services, the Company  devotes significant  resources to  attracting and  hiring
skilled  employees  and  provides  extensive initial  and  on-going  product and
service training.  The Company's  Representatives  generally are  full-time  and
dedicated  to a single client program.  Representatives receive from one to five
weeks of  on-site training  in TeleTech's  or the  client's training  facilities
before  interacting with  customers, plus  a minimum of  six to  eight hours per
month of ongoing training.  Representatives often receive supplemental  training
as needed to provide a specific customer service successfully.
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
    The  Company's growth strategy  is designed to  capitalize on the increasing
demand for outsourced  customer care solutions  and to maintain  and expand  its
leadership position in its industry. The Company's primary growth strategies are
to:
 
    EXPAND SERVICES PROVIDED TO EXISTING CLIENTS AND ESTABLISH NEW RELATIONSHIPS
IN TARGETED INDUSTRIES
 
    The  Company believes  it has  substantial opportunities  to expand services
provided to  existing  clients  and  obtain new  clients  within  its  currently
targeted  industries. Specifically, the Company  is focusing on opportunities to
expand existing  programs  while  cross-selling  TeleTech's  services  to  other
divisions or operations within its existing clients' organizations. For example,
TeleTech implemented its initial program
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
for  AT&T  in 1991  and  has since  expanded  its relationship  to  include four
separate programs for various AT&T products and services. Through its SBUs,  the
Company  also is focusing on developing  new relationships with companies within
its targeted industries.
 
    DEVELOP NEW PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
 
    Continued rapid technological  advances, coupled with  the growth of  direct
marketing channels, will create new opportunities for TeleTech. TeleTech expects
that the introduction of new interactive media will result in more sophisticated
types  of customer interactions  and additional opportunities  to provide a wide
range of services to customers. TeleTech  intends to capitalize on these  trends
by  developing  new  products  and  services,  such  as  database  marketing and
real-time technical and product support for Web sites on the Internet.
 
    EXPAND INTO NEW INDUSTRIES AND GEOGRAPHIC MARKETS
 
    TeleTech has identified additional industries that are experiencing many  of
the  same trends affecting  its currently targeted  industries and may establish
new SBUs  to focus  on evolving  market opportunities.  Based on  the  Company's
conversations  with current and  prospective clients, the  Company believes that
trends toward  increased  customer  care  and recognition  of  the  benefits  of
outsourcing,  which  have  been  experienced  in  the  U.S.,  are  occurring  in
international  markets.  TeleTech   also  believes   that  many   multi-national
companies,  including  several of  its existing  clients,  are seeking  a single
provider  of  world-wide  customer  care  solutions.  To  capitalize  on   these
international   opportunities,  the  Company  intends   to  further  expand  its
operations outside of the United States.
 
    SELECTIVELY PURSUE COMPLEMENTARY ACQUISITIONS
 
    The Company may selectively acquire complementary companies that extend  its
presence  into new geographic markets or industries, expand its client base, add
new product or service applications or provide substantial operating  synergies.
The   Company  believes  that   there  will  be   many  potential  domestic  and
international   acquisition   opportunities   as   the   teleservices   industry
consolidates  and  as large  corporations consider  selling their  existing call
center  facilities  and  operations.  For  example,  the  Company  may  consider
acquiring   a  primarily  outbound  teleservices  provider  that  could  provide
substantial operating synergies and improve  Call Center utilization during  the
currently  underutilized off-peak (night and weekend) periods resulting from the
Company's focus on inbound interactions.
 
SERVICES
 
    TeleTech offers  a  wide range  of  services designed  to  provide  superior
customer care. An integral component of these services is process reengineering,
by  which the Company develops and applies improved processes to make a client's
customer service or  product support processes  more cost-effective,  productive
and  valuable. At  the start  of a  potential new  client relationship, TeleTech
assesses the  client's existing  capabilities,  goals and  strategies,  customer
service  or  product  support  processes  and  related  software,  hardware  and
telecommunications systems and  training. After presenting  a proposed  solution
and  being awarded a contract, TeleTech works closely with the client to further
develop, refine and implement more efficient and productive customer interaction
processes and technological  solutions that  link the customer,  the client  and
TeleTech.  These  processes generally  include  the development  of event-driven
software programs for telephone interactions, where the script being followed by
a Representative changes  depending upon information  contained in the  customer
file or on information gathered during the Representative's interaction with the
customer.
 
    After   the  Company   designs  and   develops  a   customer  care  program,
Representatives provide a wide range  of on-going voice and data  communications
services  incorporating one or more  customer acquisition, service and retention
and  satisfaction  and   loyalty  programs.  In   a  typical  inbound   customer
interaction,  a customer calls a toll-free number to request product, service or
technical information  or  assistance.  TeleTech's  advanced  telecommunications
system  automatically identifies each  inbound call by  its telephone number and
routes the  call  to an  appropriate  Representative  who is  trained  for  that
particular  client  program.  Upon  receipt of  the  call,  the Representative's
computer screen automatically displays the client's specific product, service or
technical information to enable the Representative to assist the customer.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
    Each customer interaction, even in its simplest form, presents TeleTech  and
its  clients  with  an  opportunity  to  gather  valuable  customer information,
including the customer's demographic  profile and preferences. This  information
can  prompt the Representative to make  logical, progressive inquiries about the
customer's  interest  in  additional   services,  identify  additional   revenue
generating  and  cross-selling opportunities  or  resolve other  customer issues
relating to  a  client's  products or  services.  TeleTech  frequently  provides
several  of the services listed  below in an integrated  program tailored to its
clients' needs.
 
    CUSTOMER ACQUISITION PROGRAMS.   Customer acquisition programs are  designed
to  secure new customers  and can include  a wide range  of activities depending
upon the customer inquiry. A sampling of these services includes:
 
    - providing pre-sales product or service education
 
    - processing and  fulfilling information  requests  for product  or  service
      offerings
 
    - verifying sales and activating services
 
    - directing callers to product or service sources
 
    - receiving orders for and processing purchases of products or services
 
    - providing initial post-sales support, including operating instructions for
      new product or service use
 
    TeleTech's  current customer  acquisition programs  do not  include outbound
"cold  calling,"  which  is  an   outsourcing  service  typically  provided   by
traditional telemarketing firms.
 
    CUSTOMER  SERVICE AND  RETENTION PROGRAMS.   Customer  service and retention
programs are  designed to  maintain  and extend  the customer  relationship  and
maximize  the long-term  value of a  client's relationships  with its customers.
These programs are generally driven by  the customer's purchase of a product  or
service,  or  by  the  customer's need  for  on-going  help-desk  resources. The
majority of the Company's  revenues are generated by  the provision of  customer
service and retention programs. A sampling of these services includes:
 
    - providing technical help desk, product or service support
 
    - activating product or service upgrades
 
    - responding to billing and other account inquiries
 
    - resolving complaints and product or service problems
 
    - registering warranty information
 
    - dispatching on-site service
 
    CUSTOMER  SATISFACTION  AND  LOYALTY PROGRAMS.    Customer  satisfaction and
loyalty programs  enable clients  to  learn from  their  customers, to  be  more
responsive  to the  customer's needs  and concerns  and to  reward customers for
their continued patronage. A sampling of these services includes:
 
    - responding to client promotional, affinity-building programs
 
    - developing and implementing client-branded loyalty programs
 
    - conducting satisfaction assessments
 
    - confirming receipt of promised products or services
 
    - reserving and reconfirming space at product or service seminars
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
    An  example of a client-branded loyalty program is TeleTech's Emergency Home
Assist, which  it  implements  for  many of  Australia's  leading  insurers  and
financial  institutions. Under Emergency  Home Assist, if,  for example, a storm
damages the roof of a customer insured by a TeleTech client, the customer  calls
the  toll-free  number  provided by  the  client. A  Representative  answers the
telephone on the client's behalf and contacts, books and dispatches tradesmen to
the customer's home to make  repairs, while simultaneously opening an  insurance
claims  file.  TeleTech's  insurance  company client,  which  directly  pays the
tradesmen's invoices, is positioned as a caring, total solution provider, rather
than just a  reimbursement agent. In  addition, the insurer  is able to  control
costs  by  its  early intervention  and  contracting in  advance  with qualified
tradesmen to provide services at a reasonable price.
 
MARKETS AND CLIENTS
 
    TeleTech focuses  its marketing  efforts on  Fortune 1000  companies in  the
telecommunications,   technology,  transportation,  health  care  and  financial
services industries, which accounted  for approximately 27%,  24%, 24%, 12%  and
6%,  respectively,  of the  Company's  revenues in  1995  on a  pro  forma basis
reflecting the  Company's acquisition  of Access  24 as  if it  had occurred  on
January  1, 1995 and approximately  23%, 32%, 21%, 11%  and 7%, respectively, of
the Company's  revenues in  the  first quarter  of  1996. To  provide  effective
customer  care solutions, TeleTech has developed a separate SBU to serve each of
these industries.  Each  SBU  is comprised  of  dedicated  business  development
personnel  and  client service  specialists, most  of  whom have  prior industry
experience. The SBUs are responsible for developing and implementing customized,
industry-specific customer  service and  product support  for clients  in  their
respective target industries. TeleTech's health care and financial services SBUs
were introduced only recently and are still in the development stage.
 
    The  Company's three largest clients in 1995 were AT&T, Continental Airlines
and Apple Computer, Inc., which  accounted for approximately 31% (including  11%
for its subsidiary McCaw Communications
d/b/a  Cellular One), 18% and 9%,  respectively, of the Company's 1995 revenues.
The Company's  three  largest  clients  in the  first  quarter  of  1996,  AT&T,
CompuServe  and Continental Airlines,  accounted for approximately  22%, 13% and
6%, respectively, of the Company's revenues. The Company expects that its  three
largest  clients  in 1996,  which it  anticipates will  be AT&T,  CompuServe and
United Parcel Service, collectively will account for an even greater  percentage
of the Company's 1996 revenues than its three largest clients in 1995. See "Risk
Factors--Reliance on a Few Major Clients."
 
    TELECOMMUNICATIONS.      The  Telecommunications   SBU   primarily  services
long-distance, local and  wireless telephone service  providers, including  AT&T
and  certain  regional  Bell  operating  companies.  Services  include verifying
long-distance  service  sales,  responding  to  customer  inquiries,   providing
consumer  and  business  telephone  service  account  management  and  providing
on-going   product   and   service   support.   TeleTech   believes   that   the
Telecommunications Act of 1996, which has removed barriers to competition in and
between  the local and  long-distance telephone markets,  and the development of
new wireless products, including those utilizing personal communication services
(PCS) technology, is expanding the breadth of products and services that require
customer service and support  and will create  additional demand for  TeleTech's
services within the telecommunications market.
 
    TECHNOLOGY.   The growth of high  technology products and service, including
Internet-related products and  services, has increased  demand for consumer  and
technical  product  support services.  Clients  include AT&T,  CompuServe, Apple
Computer,  Inc.  and  Novell.  The  Company  currently  provides  telephone  and
real-time,  on-line  interactive  support to  subscribers  of  CompuServe's WOW!
service and to customers of AT&T. TeleTech intends to utilize its  technological
capabilities  to serve  customers over  the Internet  and is  exploring business
opportunities related to new interactive media.
 
    TRANSPORTATION.    TeleTech's  Transportation  SBU  provides  a  variety  of
services  to clients in  the package delivery and  travel industries. In October
1995, TeleTech was awarded a contract to manage several Call Centers and provide
customer service and  support on  behalf of United  Parcel Service,  one of  the
nation's  largest  parcel  delivery  companies.  Under  its  five-year contract,
TeleTech provides  services to  United Parcel  Service from  three Call  Centers
leased  by United Parcel  Service but staffed and  managed by TeleTech. TeleTech
also provides  reservation  call  handling  services for  Reno  Air  and  Midway
Airlines. See "--Case Study."
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
    HEALTH  CARE.  TeleTech provides customer care solutions on behalf of health
care providers  in the  United  Kingdom, Australia  and New  Zealand,  including
Medical  Benefits Funds of Australia Limited,  Hospital Benefits Fund of Western
Australia, Inc., Southern  Cross Medical  Care Society and  PPP. These  services
include  emergency and non-emergency medical  information and referral services,
neonatal information and  assistance to parents  of newborns, information  about
drug  interventions, referrals to  community support organizations  such as home
care, child care and counseling options, and medical claims review services. The
Company provides these  services to customers  by means of  telephone access  to
registered  nurses, counselors, pharmacists,  medical librarians, dieticians and
other specially  trained  Representatives.  TeleTech  believes  that  there  are
substantial  opportunities to introduce comparable  services in the U.S. market.
See "--International Operations."
 
    FINANCIAL SERVICES.   From its Call  Centers in Australia  and New  Zealand,
TeleTech  provides customer care solutions to customers of insurance company and
automobile club clients,  such as Mercantile  Mutual Insurance (Australia)  Ltd,
Zurich  Australian Insurance  Ltd and Royal  Automobile Club  of Victoria (RACV)
Insurance Pty Ltd  ("RACV"). Solutions include  providing emergency home  repair
assistance,  responding  to  customer inquiries  regarding  property  damage and
insurance  coverage,  procuring  emergency   roadside  automobile  and   medical
assistance  and facilitating  motor vehicle insurance  claims. TeleTech believes
that many of these customer care solutions are readily transferable to the  U.S.
market.   TeleTech  also  is   developing  new  and   more  responsive  delivery
capabilities to satisfy the demands of financial institutions seeking to  reduce
customer reliance on face-to-face interactions and increase customer utilization
of   electronic  and  telephone  banking  and  automated  teller  machines.  See
"--International Operations."
 
CASE STUDY
 
    In 1994, United Parcel Service operated regional Customer Service  Telephone
Centers  across  the  United  States that  provided  customers  with information
regarding package pick-ups and deliveries, package tracking and tracing and rate
information. To  re-engineer its  telephone-based customer  service and  support
strategy,  United Parcel Service consolidated  these regional centers into seven
national centers and decided to outsource the facilities management and staffing
functions. United Parcel Service  benchmark studies led  to the conclusion  that
this  reengineering  would  result  in  significant  quality  improvements while
creating a more efficient and much less costly operation.
 
    In October 1995, after a competitive bidding process, TeleTech was awarded a
five-year contract  to staff  and manage  three United  Parcel Service  customer
service telephone centers and was granted the option to manage a fourth facility
if  United Parcel Service requires additional  capacity. By April 1996, TeleTech
began operating Call Centers in Tucson, Arizona and Greenville, South  Carolina.
In June 1996, TeleTech opened a third Call Center in Tampa, Florida.
 
    Telephone  calls from United  Parcel Service customers  primarily consist of
customer service and package tracking inquires. TeleTech Representatives  assist
customers  by  scheduling  package  pick  ups,  tracking  packages,  calculating
shipping rates,  explaining  package  insurance  options,  describing  types  of
service and rates and answering other types of inquires.
 
    TeleTech  recruits,  interviews, hires,  and  trains all  personnel  for the
United Parcel Service Call Centers.  To manage the considerable human  resources
and  facilities management  tasks associated  with a  customer care  and support
program of  this  magnitude and  complexity,  TeleTech identified  and  hired  a
separate  project management  team to  launch and  direct the  program. TeleTech
utilizes  automated   systems   to   electronically  screen   and   assess   the
qualifications  of job applicants  and is working in  concert with United Parcel
Service to develop innovative technology  to further optimize the call  handling
process.
 
    TeleTech's  contract with United Parcel Service  has an initial term of five
years and may be extended by  mutual written agreement for successive  four-year
periods.  So long as the agreement remains in effect, TeleTech has agreed not to
perform services for competitors  of United Parcel Service  that are similar  to
the  services TeleTech performs  for United Parcel  Service, if such competitors
may gain access  to or  benefit from  proprietary information  of United  Parcel
Service as a result of TeleTech's performance of such services.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
SALES AND MARKETING
 
    As  most companies consider  the customer care function  to be critical, the
Company's business development personnel generally focus their marketing efforts
on potential  clients' senior  executives. TeleTech  hires business  development
personnel  for each SBU who have substantial industry expertise and can identify
and generate sales leads.
 
    TeleTech  employs  a  consultative  approach  to  assess  the  current   and
prospective  needs of a  potential client. Following  initial discussions with a
client, a carefully chosen TeleTech team, usually comprised of applications  and
systems specialists, operations experts, human resources professionals and other
appropriate  management personnel,  thoroughly studies  the client's operations.
The Company invests  significant resources  during the development  of a  client
relationship  to understand  the client's  existing customer  service processes,
culture, decision parameters  and goals  and strategies.  TeleTech assesses  the
client's  customer  care needs  and, with  input from  the client,  develops and
implements tailored customer care solutions.
 
    As a result of its consultative approach, TeleTech can identify new  revenue
generating  opportunities, customer  communication possibilities  and product or
service improvements previously  overlooked or not  adequately addressed by  the
client.  TeleTech's  technological  capabilities enable  it  to  develop working
prototypes of proposed customer care programs and to rapidly implement strategic
customer care  solutions,  generally  with minimal  capital  investment  by  the
client.
 
    TeleTech  generally  provides customer  care  solutions pursuant  to written
contracts with terms ranging from one to five years, which often contain renewal
or extension  options. Under  substantially all  of its  significant  contracts,
TeleTech  generates revenues based on the  amount of time Representatives devote
to a client's program. In addition,  clients typically are required to pay  fees
relating  to TeleTech's  training of  Representatives to  implement the client's
program, set-up  and management  of  the program,  and development  of  computer
software  and technology. TeleTech  utilizes a standard  Form of Client Services
Agreement ("CSA") in contractual negotiations with its clients. The CSA contains
provisions that (i) allow TeleTech or the client to terminate the contract  upon
the occurrence of certain events, (ii) designate the manner by which TeleTech is
to receive payment for its services, (iii) limit TeleTech's maximum liability to
the  client thereunder,  and (iv) protect  the confidentiality  and ownership of
information and  materials owned  by TeleTech  or the  client that  are used  in
connection  with the performance  of the contract.  Many of TeleTech's contracts
also require the  client to pay  TeleTech a contractually  agreed amount in  the
event  of early  termination. TeleTech's  contracts generally  have terms  of at
least two years and, in some cases, contain contractual provisions adjusting the
amount of  TeleTech's fees  if there  are significant  variances from  estimated
implementation expenses.
 
OPERATIONS
 
    TeleTech  provides  its  customer  care services  through  the  operation of
state-of-the-art Call Centers located in the United States, the United  Kingdom,
Australia  and New  Zealand. As  of July  15, 1996,  TeleTech leased  eight Call
Centers and also managed three Call Centers on behalf of United Parcel  Service.
In  the second half of 1996, TeleTech plans to open a new Call Center and expand
an existing facility. See "-- Facilities."
 
    TeleTech uses its standardized development  procedures to minimize the  time
it  takes to  open a  new Call  Center. The  Company applies  predetermined site
selection criteria to  identify locations  conducive to  operating large  scale,
sophisticated  customer care facilities in a cost-effective manner. TeleTech can
establish a new, fully operational, inbound  Call Center containing 450 or  more
workstations  within 90-150  days. In the  last 16  months, TeleTech established
three Company-owned  Call Centers  and three  United Parcel  Service-owned  Call
Centers, including a total of approximately 3,300 workstations.
 
   
    The Company's existing U.S. Call Centers range in size from 35,000 to 56,000
square feet and contain between 386 and 588 production workstations, excluding a
recently   opened  Call  Center  that,  although  operational,  is  still  under
construction. Although the dimensions of its existing Call Centers currently are
not uniform, the Company has developed a prototype for TeleTech-owned U.S.  Call
Centers.   The  Company  expects  that  new   U.S.  Call  Centers  will  contain
approximately 50,000 square feet of space and approximately
    
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
450 workstations. Call Center capacity can vary based on the complexity and type
of customer care programs  provided. All TeleTech Call  Centers are designed  to
operate  24  hours  a  day,  seven  days  a  week.  TeleTech  received  ISO 9002
certification for its Burbank Call Center in 1995 and currently is involved in a
Company-wide ISO 9002 certification process. See "--Facilities."
 
    CALL CENTER MANAGEMENT.  TeleTech manages its U.S. Call Centers through  its
Technology Command Center in Colorado (the "Command Center"). The Command Center
operates  24 hours per  day, 7 days  a week, and  is responsible for monitoring,
coordinating and managing TeleTech's U.S.  operations. Each U.S. Call Center  is
connected  to the Command Center and to other U.S. Call Centers through multiple
fiber optic voice/data  T-1 circuits to  form an integrated  and redundant  wide
area  network. This network  connectivity provides a high  level of security and
redundancy  that  is   integral  to  TeleTech's   ability  to  ensure   recovery
capabilities  in the event of a disaster or structural failure. If a Call Center
were to experience  extreme excess  call volume or  become non-operational,  the
Command  Center is configured to re-route  incoming calls to another Call Center
in a virtually uninterrupted manner.
 
    TeleTech also  has established  a set  of uniform  operational policies  and
procedures  to ensure  the consistent delivery  of high-quality  service at each
Call  Center.  These  policies   and  procedures  detail  specific   performance
standards,  productivity and  profitability objectives  and daily administrative
routines  designed  to  ensure  efficient  operation.  TeleTech  believes   that
recruiting, training and managing full-time Representatives who are dedicated to
a  single  client  facilitates integration  between  client  and Representative,
enhances service quality  and efficiency  and differentiates  TeleTech from  its
competitors.
 
    TeleTech  utilizes  a  number  of  sophisticated  applications  designed  to
minimize administrative  burdens and  maximize productivity.  Such  applications
include  a proprietary,  "agent performance  system" that  tracks Representative
activity at each workstation and a  proprietary billing system that tracks  time
spent on administration, training, data processing and other processes conducted
in support of client or internal tasks.
 
    QUALITY  ASSURANCE.  TeleTech monitors and measures the quality and accuracy
of its customer interactions through  a quality assurance department located  at
each Call Center. Each department evaluates, on a real-time basis, at least 1.5%
of  all calls per day. TeleTech also  has the capabilities to enable its clients
to monitor customer interactions as they occur. Quality assurance  professionals
monitor   customer  interactions  and  simultaneously  evaluate  Representatives
according to  criteria  mutually  determined  by the  Company  and  the  client.
Representatives are evaluated and provided with feedback on their performance on
a  weekly  basis and,  as appropriate,  recognized  for superior  performance or
scheduled for additional training and coaching.
 
TECHNOLOGY
 
    Utilizing industry standard tools,  the Company creates relational  database
management  systems customized for each client. These systems enable it to track
the details of each customer interaction and consolidate that information into a
customer file, which can be accessed and referred to by Representatives as  they
deliver  services. TeleTech Call Centers employ state-of-the-art technology that
incorporates digital  switching  technology, object-oriented  software  modules,
relational  database management systems, proprietary call tracking and workforce
management systems,  CTI  and  interactive voice  response.  TeleTech's  digital
switching   technology  enables  calls  to  be  routed  to  the  next  available
Representative with the  appropriate knowledge,  skill and  language sets.  Call
tracking  and workforce  management systems  generate and  track historical call
volumes by client,  enabling the  Company to schedule  personnel efficiently  to
accommodate  anticipated  fluctuations  in  call  volume.  This  technology base
enables TeleTech to provide  single call resolution  and decrease customer  hold
times, thereby enhancing customer satisfaction.
 
    TeleTech-owned  Call Centers utilize "Universal Representative" workstations
with inbound, outbound, Internet and faxback capabilities, the majority of which
run on  Pentium-Registered  Trademark--based  computers.  All  workstations  are
PC-based  and utilize CTI technology, which connects the computer to a telephone
switch allowing calls  and computer  data to be  transferred simultaneously.  By
using  simple, intuitive graphical user  interfaces (GUI), which substitute easy
to understand graphics for text,  TeleTech enables its Representatives to  focus
on  assisting the customer,  rather than on the  technology, and obtain customer
information using significantly  fewer keystrokes.  The user-friendly  interface
also helps to decrease training time and increase the speed of call handling.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
    TeleTech's  applications  software  uses  products  developed  by Microsoft,
Oracle, Novell, IBM and others.  TeleTech has invested significant resources  in
designing,  developing and debugging industry-specific and open-systems software
applications and tools. As a result, TeleTech maintains an extensive library  of
reusable object-oriented software codes that are used by TeleTech's applications
development   professionals  to  develop   customized  customer  care  software.
TeleTech's systems capture and download a variety of information obtained during
each customer interaction into relational databases for real-time, daily, weekly
or monthly  reporting to  clients. TeleTech  runs its  applications software  on
open-systems,  client-server  architecture  that  utilizes  computer processors,
server components  and  hardware platforms  produced  by manufacturers  such  as
Compaq,  Hewlett  Packard,  IBM  and Sun  Microsystems.  TeleTech  has  and will
continue to  invest  significant  resources  into the  development  of  new  and
emerging customer care and technical support technologies.
 
HUMAN RESOURCES
 
    TeleTech's  success  in recruiting,  hiring  and training  large  numbers of
skilled employees is critical  to its ability  to provide high-quality  customer
care  solutions to its  clients. TeleTech generally locates  its Call Centers in
metropolitan  areas  that  have   access  to  higher   education  and  a   major
transportation  infrastructure.  TeleTech  generally  offers  a  competitive pay
scale, hires primarily full-time employees who are eligible to receive the  full
range  of employee benefits  and provides employees with  a clear, viable career
path.
 
    TeleTech is  committed to  the continued  education and  development of  its
employees  and believes  that providing  TeleTech employees  with access  to new
learning opportunities produces job satisfaction, ensures a higher quality labor
force and  fosters loyalty  between TeleTech's  employees and  the clients  they
serve.  Before taking customer  calls, Representatives receive  from one to five
weeks of on-site training in TeleTech's  or the client's training facilities  to
learn  about  the  client's  corporate  culture,  specific  product  or  service
offerings and the  customer care program  that TeleTech and  the client will  be
undertaking.  Representatives also  receive a minimum  of six to  eight hours of
on-going training per month and  often receive supplemental laboratory  training
as needed to provide high-quality customer service and product support.
 
    As  of July 15, 1996, TeleTech had  5,329 employees. Of its total employees,
4,159  were  full-time   Representatives,  constituting  91.4%   of  its   total
Representatives. Although the Company's industry is very labor intensive and has
experienced  significant  personnel  turnover,  the  Company  believes  that its
quality of life initiatives and its high percentage of full-time Representatives
has resulted in relative stability in its work force. A significant increase  in
the  Company's  employee turnover  rate, however,  could increase  the Company's
recruiting and  training costs  and decrease  operating effectiveness.  None  of
TeleTech's  employees  are  subject  to a  collective  bargaining  agreement and
TeleTech  believes  its  relations  with  its  employees  are  good.  See  "Risk
Factors--Dependence on Labor Force."
 
INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS
 
   
    TeleTech  operates one Call Center in each of Australia and New Zealand, and
a third Call Center located in the  United Kingdom that is operated through  the
Company's  joint  venture with  PPP  Healthcare Group  plc  ("PPP"), one  of the
largest private  medical  insurers  in  the United  Kingdom.  In  January  1996,
TeleTech  acquired Access 24,  a leading provider of  customer care solutions to
Australian and New Zealand companies primarily in the health care and  financial
services  industries.  The  operations  of  Access  24  have  been substantially
integrated with TeleTech's operations through the standardization of Access 24's
technology, workstation configuration,  business processes  and operational  and
financial reporting with the Company's systems. The Company intends to introduce
in  the United States services  similar to those offered  by Access 24. TeleTech
operates one Call Center in each of Sydney, Australia and Auckland, New Zealand,
containing  an  aggregate  of  131  workstations,  and  intends  to  develop   a
traditional  customer care outsourcing business in Australia and New Zealand, as
well as the United  Kingdom. See "Risk  Factors--Difficulties of Completing  and
Integrating Acquisitions and Joint Ventures."
    
 
    On  April 30, 1996,  TeleTech entered into  a joint venture  with PPP, which
currently serves more than 2.3  million customers throughout the United  Kingdom
and owns long-term health insurance, dental care and finance companies. TeleTech
and  PPP  have agreed  to  provide, exclusively  through  the joint  venture and
initially solely  in  the  United Kingdom  and  Ireland,  distinct,  value-added
customer care services. Apart from
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
   
the joint venture, TeleTech intends to provide traditional outsourcing services,
similar  to  the type  TeleTech provides  in  the United  States, in  the United
Kingdom. The joint venture, which will operate initially from the 93-workstation
Call Center located in London, currently provides services only to PPP customers
but intends to eventually  offer its services to  customers of other  companies.
See  "Business--Services"  and  "Risk  Factors--Difficulties  of  Completing and
Integrating Acquisitions and Joint Ventures."
    
 
COMPETITION
 
    The  Company  believes  that  it   competes  primarily  with  the   in-house
teleservices  and  customer  service  operations of  its  current  and potential
clients. TeleTech also competes with certain companies that provide teleservices
and customer services  on an  outsourced basis, including  Access Health,  Inc.,
APAC  Teleservices, AT&T  American Transtech,  Electronic Data  Systems, MATRIXX
Marketing Inc., SITEL  Corporation, STREAM and  Sykes Enterprises  Incorporated.
TeleTech  competes  primarily on  the  basis of  quality  and scope  of services
provided, speed and flexibility  of implementation and technological  expertise.
Although  the teleservices  industry is  very competitive  and highly fragmented
with numerous small  participants, management believes  that TeleTech  generally
does  not  directly  compete  with  traditional  telemarketing  companies, which
provide primarily outbound "cold calling" services.
 
FACILITIES
 
    TeleTech's  corporate  headquarters  are  located  in  Denver,  Colorado  in
approximately 27,000 square feet of leased office space, with an adjacent 55,000
square  foot, 581 workstation Call Center. As  of July 15, 1996, TeleTech leased
(unless otherwise noted) and operated the following Call Centers, containing  an
aggregate of approximately 238,000 square feet:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 NUMBER OF                             TOTAL
                                              YEAR OPENED OR    PRODUCTION    NUMBER OF TRAINING     NUMBER OF
LOCATION                                         ACQUIRED      WORKSTATIONS     WORKSTATIONS(1)    WORKSTATIONS
- --------------------------------------------  ---------------  -------------  -------------------  -------------
<S>                                           <C>              <C>            <C>                  <C>
U.S. CALL CENTERS
Sherman Oaks, California....................          1985             588                76               664
Denver, Colorado............................          1993             435               146               581
Burbank, California.........................          1995             386                66               452
Thornton, Colorado..........................          1996             438                58               496
Van Nuys, California (2)....................          1996              78                --                78
INTERNATIONAL CALL CENTERS (3)
Sydney, Australia...........................          1996              94                10               104
London, United Kingdom (4)..................          1996              81                12                93
Auckland, New Zealand.......................          1996              24                 3                27
MANAGED ON BEHALF OF UNITED PARCEL SERVICE
Greenville, South Carolina..................          1996             660                90               750
Tucson, Arizona.............................          1996             648                95               743
Tampa, Florida..............................          1996             672                72               744
                                                                     -----               ---             -----
    Total number of workstations............                         4,104               628             4,732
                                                                     -----               ---             -----
                                                                     -----               ---             -----
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
(1)  The training  workstations are  fully operative  as production workstations
    when necessary.
 
(2) The Van Nuys, California Call Center  was opened in July 1996 and  currently
    contains  13,000 square  feet. Although  only 78  workstations currently are
    operational, the Company  expects to have  325 operational workstations  and
    39,300 square feet by the end of 1996.
 
(3)  Acquired January 1,  1996 through TeleTech's acquisition  of Access 24. See
    "--International Operations."
 
(4) Managed through the Company's  joint venture with PPP. See  "--International
    Operations."  The London Call  Center is still  under construction and, when
    completed, will have a total of 190 workstations.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
    The leases for TeleTech's U.S. Call  Centers have terms ranging from one  to
eight  years and generally contain renewal  options. The Company plans to expand
its Thornton Call Center  by 267 positions  by the end of  the third quarter  of
1996  and open another  Call Center and complete  the build out  of the Van Nuys
Call Center by the  end of 1996.  Pursuant to its  agreement with United  Parcel
Service,  if United Parcel  Service opens another call  center, TeleTech has the
option to  staff  and  manage  such  Call  Center.  TeleTech  will  manage  this
additional  Call Center pursuant to  the same terms and  conditions as the three
Call Centers currently managed by TeleTech for United Parcel Service, unless the
nature of the  services to  be provided at  such Call  Center are  significantly
different.
 
    The  Company  believes  that  its existing  Call  Centers  are  suitable and
adequate for  its current  operations and  that each  Call Center  currently  is
substantially  or  fully utilized  during  peak (weekday)  periods.  The Company
believes that additional  Call Center  capacity, including the  expansion of  an
existing  Call Center expected to occur by the end of the third quarter of 1996,
will be required to support continued growth.  Due to the inbound nature of  the
Company's  business,  the  Company  experiences  significantly  higher  capacity
utilization during  peak  periods  than  during  off-peak  (night  and  weekend)
periods.  The  Company has  been and  will be  required to  open or  expand Call
Centers to create the additional  peak period capacity necessary to  accommodate
new  or expanded  customer care  programs. The  opening or  expansion of  a Call
Center may result, at  least in the short-term,  in excess capacity during  peak
periods  until the new or expanded program is fully implemented. The Company may
consider acquiring  a complementary  service provider,  such as  a company  that
provides  primarily outbound  teleservices, to  improve Call  Center utilization
during off-peak  periods.  See  "Risk Factors--Difficulties  of  Managing  Rapid
Growth."
 
SEASONALITY
 
    The  Company's  business  historically  has  not  been  subject  to seasonal
fluctuations or risks related to weather;  however the businesses of certain  of
the  Company's  clients, especially  those in  the transportation  and financial
services industries, may be subject to such fluctuations and risks. Although the
seasonal nature and weather-dependency of its clients' businesses has not had  a
material  effect on  the Company's  revenues or  operating profits  to date, the
Company expects that  its contract  with United  Parcel Service  will result  in
quarterly  variations in  revenues, especially  in the  fourth and,  to a lesser
extent, the  first quarter  of each  year, due  to increased  demand for  United
Parcel Service's services during the holiday period.
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
    The  Company's customer care programs frequently incorporate proprietary and
confidential information. The Company  has adopted non-disclosure safeguards  to
protect  such information, such as requiring those of its employees, clients and
potential  clients  who  may  have   access  to  proprietary  and   confidential
information  to execute  confidentiality agreements  with the  Company. Although
there can be  no assurance  that the  safeguards taken  by the  Company will  be
adequate  to deter misappropriation of  its proprietary information, the Company
believes that the rapid pace of technological change and the knowledge,  ability
and  experience of its employees  are more significant to  the protection of its
proprietary   information   than    legal   or    business   protections.    See
"Business--Operations" and "Business--Technology."
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    From  time to time the  Company is involved in  litigation, most of which is
incidental to its business. In the Company's opinion, no litigation to which the
Company currently is a party is likely to have a material adverse effect on  the
Company's results of operations or financial condition.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    The  following  table sets  forth certain  information  with respect  to the
executive officers and directors of the Company:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           NAME                 AGE                              POSITION
- --------------------------      ---      --------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>          <C>
Kenneth D. Tuchman                  36   Chairman of the Board, President, Chief Executive
                                          Officer and Director
Joseph D. Livingston                51   Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Steven B. Coburn                    42   Chief Financial Officer
Alan Silverman (1)                  52   Director
Richard Weingarten (1)              45   Director
Samuel Zell                         53   Director
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
(1) Member of the Compensation and Audit Committees of the Board of Directors of
    the Company.
 
    MR. TUCHMAN founded TeleTech and has served as its Chairman of the Board  of
Directors,  President and Chief Executive  Officer since TeleTech's formation in
December 1994. Mr. Tuchman also is the  founder and has served as the  President
and  Chief Executive  Officer of each  of TeleTech  Telecommunications, Inc. and
TeleTech Teleservices, Inc., two operating subsidiaries of TeleTech, since their
formation in October 1982 and November 1992, respectively.
 
    MR. LIVINGSTON  has  served  the  Company since  February  1992  in  various
capacities,  including as Senior Vice President  and Chief Operating Officer and
previously as Vice President  of Operations and Technology.  From 1989 to  1992,
Mr.  Livingston  was  the Director  of  MIS  Systems &  Operations  of Livestone
Corporation, a division of American Eastern Securities, and from 1985 to 1989 he
was employed by Coopers & Lybrand, an international accounting firm, as Director
of West Region MIS and Strategic Management Services for International Business.
 
    MR. COBURN  has served  as  Chief Financial  Officer  of the  Company  since
October  1995. From October 1989 to September 1995, Mr. Coburn was employed by U
S West, a diversified telecommunications company, and various of its affiliates,
during which time he served as  Finance Director and Chief Financial Officer  of
Interactive  Video  Enterprises,  as  Finance Director  of  U  S  West Marketing
Resources Group and  as Finance Director  and Controller of  U S West  Marketing
Services.  In 1993, Mr.  Coburn established and  managed the finance, accounting
and treasury activities  of U S  West Polska,  a start up  operation in  Warsaw,
Poland.
 
    MR.  SILVERMAN, who has served as a director of TeleTech since January 1995,
is an  independent  investor  and  has  been  a  director  of  Exhibition  Video
International,  a company that is developing  technology for satellite and video
transmissions, since 1992. Mr. Silverman has served since 1970 as a director and
is President  of  Essaness  Theatres  Corporation  ("Essaness"),  an  investment
holding  company. Mr.  Silverman is a  director of Keystone  Biomedical, Inc., a
company that  develops, tests  and licenses  pharmaceutical agents,  and,  since
1980,  has  been a  director  of Video  44,  a Hispanic  television broadcasting
company.  Mr.  Silverman  also   serves  as  a   director  of  various   private
corporations.
 
    MR.  WEINGARTEN has served as a director of TeleTech since January 1995. Mr.
Weingarten founded Richard Weingarten &  Company, Inc., a company that  provides
investment  banking and financial  advisory services, in 1991  and has served as
its President since its formation. From 1988 through 1991, Mr. Weingarten was  a
Managing Director of Bear, Stearns & Co., Inc. and, from 1989 until 1991, served
as  Director of  Corporate Finance for  its Southeastern  region. Mr. Weingarten
currently serves as a director of Capsure Holdings Corp. ("Capsure"), a  holding
company  whose  principal  subsidiaries  are  specialty  property  and  casualty
insurers.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
    MR. ZELL has served as a director  of TeleTech since January 1995. Mr.  Zell
serves  as Chairman of  the Board of Great  American Management and Investments,
Inc., a diversified holding company,  Anixter International Inc., a provider  of
integrated  network  and cabling  solutions, Falcon  Building Products,  Inc., a
manufacturer and supplier of building products, American Classic Voyages Co., an
owner and operator of cruise lines, Manufactured Home Communities, Inc., a  real
estate  investment  trust  specializing  in  the  ownership  and  management  of
manufactured home  communities, and  Capsure. Mr.  Zell also  is a  director  of
Equity  Group Investments,  Inc. and other  private corporations.  Mr. Zell also
serves as Chairman  of the Board  of Trustees of  Equity Residential  Properties
Trust,  an  owner and  operator of  multifamily  residential properties,  and as
Co-Chairman of the Board of Revco D.S., Inc., a drug store chain. Mr. Zell is  a
director  of Quality Food  Centers, Inc., an  independent supermarket chain, and
Sealy Corporation,  a  maker of  bedding  and  related products.  Mr.  Zell  was
President  of  Madison Management  Group, Inc.,  a  holding company  of low-tech
manufacturing companies ("Madison"), prior to  October 4, 1991. Madison filed  a
petition for reorganization under the Federal bankruptcy laws in November 1991.
 
ARRANGEMENTS FOR NOMINATION AS DIRECTOR
 
    Directors  are elected at each annual meeting of stockholders of the Company
to serve for one-year  terms. After the closing  of the Offering, the  directors
intend to appoint one or more additional persons to the Board in accordance with
TeleTech's By-laws.
 
    In  connection with the sale of its Preferred Stock in January 1995, certain
stockholders of  TeleTech executed  an  agreement (the  "Investment  Agreement")
pursuant  to  which  they agreed  to  elect  each year  to  TeleTech's  Board of
Directors up  to  five individuals  designated  by Mr.  Tuchman  and up  to  two
individuals  nominated by Essaness and TeleTech Investors General Partnership, a
partnership comprised  of employees  and various  entities affiliated  with  Mr.
Zell,  and other  accredited investors  who have  historically invested together
("TIGP"). Of the current directors of TeleTech, Messrs. Weingarten and Zell were
elected as nominees of TIGP and Essaness, and Messrs. Tuchman and Silverman were
elected as nominees of Mr. Tuchman.  The rights and obligations of Mr.  Tuchman,
TIGP  and  Essaness  to  elect directors  under  the  Investment  Agreement will
terminate upon the closing of the Offering.
 
    TeleTech's Certificate of  Incorporation entitles the  holders of  Preferred
Stock,  as a class, to elect two individuals, and entitles the holders of Common
Stock, as a  class, to  elect five  individuals, to  the Board  of Directors  of
TeleTech.  The Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation, to  be filed immediately
prior to the closing of the Offering, provides that the holders of a majority of
the outstanding Common Stock will elect all directors.
 
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    The Board of Directors has standing Audit and Compensation Committees, which
assist the Board in the discharge of its responsibilities. Members of each  such
committee  are elected by  the Board at  its first meeting  following the annual
meeting and serve for one year terms.
 
    The Audit Committee reports  to the Board regarding  the appointment of  the
independent   public  accountants  of  TeleTech,  the  scope  and  fees  of  the
prospective annual audit  and the  results thereof,  compliance with  TeleTech's
accounting  and  financial  policies and  management's  procedures  and policies
relative to the adequacy of TeleTech's internal accounting controls. The current
members of  the  Audit Committee  are  Alan Silverman  and  Richard  Weingarten,
neither of whom is an employee of TeleTech.
 
    The  Compensation Committee reviews and approves the annual salary and bonus
for each  executive  officer  (consistent  with  the  terms  of  any  applicable
employment agreement), reviews, approves and recommends terms and conditions for
all employee benefit plans (and changes thereto) and administers the Option Plan
and such other employee benefit plans as may be adopted by TeleTech from time to
time.  The current members of the  Compensation Committee are Alan Silverman and
Richard Weingarten, each of whom is a non-employee director of TeleTech.
 
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
    TeleTech does  not pay  its directors  a  fee for  their services  as  such;
however,  all directors are reimbursed for travel expenses incurred in attending
board and committee meetings.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
    The TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Directors Stock Option Plan, which was  approved
by  the Board of Directors and the stockholders of the Company effective January
1996 (the "Directors Option Plan"), provides for the automatic annual grant,  to
each  director  who  is neither  an  employee  of the  Company  nor,  after this
Offering, the beneficial owner of 5% or more of the outstanding Common Stock, of
options to acquire shares of Common Stock.  A total of 750,000 shares of  Common
Stock  are reserved for issuance pursuant to options granted under the Directors
Option  Plan.  All  options  granted   under  the  Directors  Option  Plan   are
non-qualified  options that are not intended to qualify under Section 422 of the
Code.
 
    The Directors Option  Plan currently  provides that  each eligible  director
will  receive options  to acquire  (i) 12,500 shares  of Common  Stock upon such
director's initial election, after the effective date of the plan, to the  Board
of  Directors and (ii) on  the date of each  annual meeting of stockholders held
each year thereafter  at which  such director  is re-elected,  12,500 shares  of
Common Stock for services to be rendered as a director and 6,250 for services as
a  member on each committee of the Board  of Directors to which such director is
appointed. The exercise price of each option granted under the Directors  Option
Plan  shall be equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of
grant. Options granted under the Directors Option Plan (a) vest immediately, (b)
are not exercisable until six months after  the date of grant and (c) expire  on
the  earliest to occur of  the tenth anniversary of the  date of grant, one year
following the director's death or immediately upon the director's termination of
membership on the  Board of  Directors for Cause  (as defined  in the  Directors
Option Plan).
 
    As  of July 15, 1996,  options to acquire an  aggregate of 237,500 shares of
Common Stock, at an  exercise price of $5.00  per share, were outstanding  under
the  Directors Option Plan.  Each of Messrs. Silverman,  Weingarten and Zell has
been granted options under the Directors Option Plan to acquire 25,000 shares of
Common Stock in consideration for services rendered as a director of the Company
during 1995. In  addition, each  of Messrs.  Weingarten and  Silverman has  been
granted  options under the Directors Option Plan to acquire an additional 12,500
shares of Common Stock for services rendered during 1995 as members of the Audit
and Compensation  Committees  of the  Board  of Directors.  Messrs.  Weingarten,
Silverman  and  Zell have  been granted  options to  acquire 37,500,  37,500 and
25,000 shares of  Common Stock, respectively,  for services rendered  and to  be
rendered  as a  director of  the Company  and as  members of  committees thereof
during 1996.
 
INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
 
    In order to attract, retain and motivate qualified employees, align employee
interests with those of the stockholders and reward employees for enhancing  the
value of the Company, TeleTech established the TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Incentive
Compensation  Plan (the "Incentive  Plan") on May 14,  1996. Under the Incentive
Plan, certain management-level employees of the Company are eligible to  receive
annual  performance  bonuses based  upon  the Company's  achievement  of certain
predetermined financial  goals. Awards  under the  Incentive Plan  will be  paid
annually from an incentive pool, which is funded annually by a percentage of the
amount  by which the net income of the Company exceeds the established threshold
performance level for that year. From  this incentive pool, each SBU  executive,
manager  and key employee is entitled to receive a cash incentive award up to an
annual  bonus  limitation,  which  is  determined  each  year  based  upon   the
recipient's  base salary. No awards will be  made under the Incentive Plan until
1997.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    Alan Silverman  and  Richard  Weingarten  are the  current  members  of  the
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.
 
    Pursuant  to the  Amended and Restated  Investment Agreement  to take effect
upon the closing of the Offering,  certain existing stockholders of the  Company
(the  "Existing  Stockholders")  are  entitled,  by  majority  vote,  to require
TeleTech, at its sole expense, to register under the Securities Act all or  part
of  their Common Stock. In addition, if TeleTech proposes to register any of its
securities  under  the  Securities  Act  for  its  own  account,  the   Existing
Stockholders  may  require TeleTech,  at its  sole expense,  to include  in such
registration all or part of  the 8,300,000 shares of  Common Stock that will  be
owned  by  the  Existing Stockholders  after  the Offering.  Mr.  Silverman owns
258,330 shares of Common Stock. TIGP, a partnership of which Mr. Weingarten is a
general  partner,  owns   8,525,000  shares  of   Common  Stock;  however,   the
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
managing  general partner of  TIGP holds sole  power to vote  and dispose of all
shares owned by TIGP. The Company  has been advised that, immediately  following
the  closing of  the Offering,  TIGP will  be dissolved  and its  assets will be
distributed to its partners. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    SUMMARY OF CASH AND  CERTAIN OTHER COMPENSATION.   The following table  sets
forth  information with respect  to all compensation  earned by TeleTech's chief
executive officer and TeleTech's two other executive officers as of December 31,
1995 (collectively, the  "Named Executive  Officers") for  services rendered  to
TeleTech during 1995.
 
                      SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE FOR 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                                      -------------------------------------------
                                                                                    OTHER ANNUAL     ALL OTHER
                                                         SALARY          BONUS      COMPENSATION   COMPENSATION
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                                ($)            ($)            ($)          ($) (1)
- ----------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Kenneth D. Tuchman, Chairman, President & Chief
 Executive Officer..................................  $  750,000     $  250,000      $  56,300(2)    $  10,830
Joseph D. Livingston, Senior Vice President & Chief
 Operating Officer..................................     174,090(3)     168,743(4)          --           4,500
Steven B. Coburn, Chief Financial Officer...........      28,000(5)          --             --              --
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
(1) Represents  the  full dollar  value  of premiums  paid  by the  Company with
    respect to life insurance for the benefit of Mr. Tuchman, Mr. Livingston and
    their respective beneficiaries.
 
(2) Includes $20,000 in aggregate membership  dues and initiation fees,  $17,500
    paid  as  a  car allowance,  $15,600  for  lease of  a  townhouse  and other
    perquisites and personal benefits paid by the Company to or on behalf of Mr.
    Tuchman.
 
(3) Includes approximately $11,340 paid to Mr. Livingston for accrued but unused
    vacation time.
 
(4) Includes a $75,000  annual performance  bonus and  an approximately  $93,700
    one-time  bonus  for  Mr.  Livingston's  assistance  in  obtaining  a client
    contract.
 
(5) Mr. Coburn  joined TeleTech  in October  1995 at  an annual  base salary  of
    $120,000. See "--Employment Agreements."
 
    OPTION  GRANTS.  The following table sets forth information regarding grants
of stock  options under  the Option  Plan  during 1995  to the  Named  Executive
Officers.
 
                             OPTION GRANTS IN 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                      NUMBER OF                                                 VALUE AT ASSUMED ANNUAL
                                       SHARES       PERCENTAGE OF                                 RATES OF STOCK PRICE
                                     UNDERLYING     TOTAL OPTIONS                               APPRECIATION FOR OPTION
                                       OPTIONS       GRANTED TO       EXERCISE                          TERM (3)
                                       GRANTED      EMPLOYEES IN      PRICE PER    EXPIRATION   ------------------------
NAME                                     (#)         FISCAL YEAR      SHARE (1)     DATE (2)        5%          10%
- -----------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------  ------------  ----------  ------------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>                <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>
Kenneth D. Tuchman.................          --             --               --        --               --            --
Joseph D. Livingston...............     750,000             32%       $    1.29     1/1/2005    $  608,456  $  1,541,946
Steven B. Coburn...................     250,000             11%            2.00    9/15/2005       314,447       796,871
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
(1) Each  option has been granted pursuant to the Option Plan and expires on the
    date ten years after the date of  grant. The exercise price equals the  fair
    market  value of the  Common Stock on  the grant date,  as determined by the
    Board of Directors based upon the most recent price prior to the grant  date
    at  which the Company, in arms' length transactions, had issued Common Stock
    in connection  with acquisitions  or  had sold  Preferred Stock  in  capital
    raising transactions.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
(2) Options  granted to  Messrs. Livingston  and Coburn  vest pro  rata over the
    three years and five years, respectively, following the date of grant.
 
   
(3) The potential realizable value is  calculated assuming that the fair  market
    value  on the date of grant, which equals the exercise price, appreciates at
    the indicated annual rate (set by the Commission), compounded annually,  for
    the  term of the option.  Using the initial public  offering price of $14.50
    for purposes of this calculation (pursuant to the rules of the  Commission),
    the  potential realizable values of  the options granted in  1995 to each of
    Messrs. Livingston  and  Coburn are  approximately  $16.7 million  and  $5.4
    million,  respectively,  at  a  5%  assumed  annual  appreciation  rate, and
    approximately $27.2 million and $8.9 million, respectively, at a 10% assumed
    annual appreciation rate.
    
 
    OPTION HOLDINGS.  No options were  exercised by Named Executive Officers  in
1995.  The following table sets forth  information with respect to the aggregate
number and value of  shares underlying unexercised options  held by each of  the
Named Executive Officers as of December 31, 1995.
 
                         FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           NUMBER OF SHARES
                                                        UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED       VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                      OPTIONS AS OF DECEMBER 31,   IN-THE- MONEY OPTIONS AS
                                                                 1995              OF DECEMBER 31, 1995 (1)
                                                      --------------------------  --------------------------
NAME                                                  EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE  EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE
- ----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Kenneth D. Tuchman..................................          --            --            --             --
Joseph D. Livingston................................     250,000       500,000(2)  $ 927,500    $ 1,855,000
Steven B. Coburn....................................          --       250,000            --        750,000
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
 
(1)  The exercise price of each option was based on the deemed fair market value
    of the option shares at  fiscal year end ($5.00  per share as determined  by
    the  Board of Directors based on the most recent price prior to December 31,
    1995 at which the Company had issued  or agreed to issue Common Stock)  less
    the exercise price payable for such shares.
 
(2)  Mr. Livingston  received an  option in  May 1996  to acquire  an additional
    75,000 shares, at an exercise price  of $8.00 per share, in connection  with
    the amendment to his employment agreement. See "-- Employment Agreements."
 
TELETECH STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    The  Company's Option Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors in December
1994 and  by the  Company's stockholders  in January  1995 and  was amended  and
restated  in January  1996. The  Option Plan  authorizes the  issuance of  up to
7,000,000 shares  of Common  Stock  through the  grant  of (i)  incentive  stock
options  ("ISOs") within  the meaning  of Section  422 of  the Code,  (ii) stock
options that are not intended to qualify  under Section 422 of the Code  ("NSOs"
and  together with ISOs,  "Options"), (iii) stock  appreciation rights ("SARs"),
(iv) restricted stock  and (v)  phantom stock.  Directors, officers,  employees,
consultants  and independent contractors of the Company or any subsidiary of the
Company, as selected from time to time by the committee administering the Option
Plan, are eligible  to participate  in the  Option Plan.  As of  July 15,  1996,
Options  to acquire an aggregate of 4,800,580  shares of Common Stock and 76,000
shares of restricted stock were outstanding.
 
    The Option  Plan provides  that it  is  to be  administered by  a  committee
comprised  of  two or  more disinterested  directors appointed  by the  Board of
Directors  (the  "Committee").  The  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of
Directors,  which is  comprised of two  disinterested directors  of the Company,
currently acts  as the  Committee  under the  Option  Plan. Subject  to  certain
limitations,  the Committee has complete  discretion to determine which eligible
individuals are to receive  awards under the Option  Plan, the form and  vesting
schedule  of awards, the number of shares subject to each award and the exercise
price, the manner of payment and expiration date applicable to each award.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
    All awards under  the Option  Plan are  subject to  vesting and  forfeiture.
Unless  the Committee  establishes otherwise  at the  time of  award, all awards
under the Option Plan vest at an accelerating rate over a period of five years.
 
    Set forth  below is  a summary  of the  terms of  the Option  Plan that  are
applicable to each of the various types of awards covered thereby.
 
    OPTIONS.   All  Options expire  on the  date that  is the  earliest of three
months after the holder's termination of employment with the Company (other than
termination for Cause), six months after  the holder's death and 10 years  after
the  date of grant. Options  also are subject to  forfeiture upon termination of
employment or directorship for "Cause." The  exercise price per share of an  ISO
is  determined by the Committee at the time of grant but in no event may be less
than the  fair  market  value  of  the  Common  Stock  on  the  date  of  grant.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing, if an  ISO is granted to  a participant who owns
more than 10% of the  voting power of all classes  of stock of the Company,  the
exercise  price must  be at least  110% of the  fair market value  of the Common
Stock and the exercise period must not exceed five years from the date of grant.
The exercise price per  share of an  NSO is determined by  the Committee in  its
sole discretion.
 
    SARS.   SARs may  be issued independent  of an Option  or, alternatively, in
connection with  an  Option (a  "Tandem  SAR"), in  which  case the  Tandem  SAR
terminates  simultaneously upon the  expiration of the  related Option. A Tandem
SAR is only  exercisable if the  fair market value  of a share  of Common  Stock
exceeds the exercise price of the related Option.
 
    RESTRICTED   STOCK.    Restricted  stock  entitles  the  holder  thereof  to
participate as a stockholder of the  Company; however, the holder may not  sell,
transfer,  pledge or otherwise encumber such stock prior to the time it vests. A
holder of restricted  stock forfeits  all unpaid accumulated  dividends and  all
shares  of restricted  stock that have  not vested  prior to the  date that such
holder's employment with the Company is terminated for any reason.
 
    PHANTOM STOCK.  Phantom stock entitles  the holder thereof to surrender  any
vested  portion of such phantom  stock in exchange for  cash or shares of Common
Stock, as the Committee  may determine, in  an amount equal  to the fair  market
value of Common Stock on the date of surrender.
 
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    Prior  to  completion of  the  Offering, the  Company  intends to  adopt the
TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Employee  Stock Purchase Plan  (the "ESPP") covering  an
aggregate  of 200,000 shares of Common Stock. The ESPP is intended to qualify as
an "Employee Stock Purchase Plan" within the meaning of Section 423 of the  Code
and  will  be  administered  by  the  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board of
Directors. Under  the ESPP,  shares of  Common Stock  will be  sold in  periodic
offerings to employees of the Company or its subsidiaries who meet the specified
eligibility requirements and who elect to participate in the ESPP. Each offering
will  be open for six consecutive months, or such other length of time as may be
established from  time to  time by  the Compensation  Committee. The  ESPP  will
commence  on September 30,  1996 and will  terminate ten years  thereafter or on
such earlier date as all of the shares reserved under the plan have been issued.
 
    Under the ESPP, participating employees can elect to have up to 10% of their
compensation withheld, up to a maximum of  $15,000 in any calendar year. On  the
last  business  day of  each  offering period,  the  Company will  sell  to each
participating employee as many full shares  of Common Stock as can be  purchased
with each such employee's aggregate payroll deductions made during such offering
period.  The price of Common Stock purchased under the ESPP will be equal to the
lower of (i)  90% of  the fair market  value of  the Common Stock  on the  first
business  day of any offering period or (ii) 90% of the fair market value of the
Common Stock on the last business day of such offering period, unless  otherwise
established by the Compensation Committee, in its discretion, in accordance with
the terms of the ESPP.
 
    In  the  event of  a merger,  reorganization or  consolidation in  which the
Company is not the surviving entity or a liquidation of substantially all of the
assets of the  Company, the ESPP  provides that the  Compensation Committee  may
require  that the surviving  entity provide participating  employees with rights
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
equivalent to  their  rights under  the  ESPP. Alternatively,  the  Compensation
Committee  may  elect  to  accelerate the  termination  of  the  offering period
immediately prior to the  consummation of such  merger, reorganization or  other
transaction  and issue shares of Common Stock to participating employees at such
time.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
    TeleTech entered into  an employment  agreement with Kenneth  D. Tuchman  as
Chairman of the Board and President of TeleTech for a term commencing on January
1,  1995 and ending on  December 27, 1997 (the  "Term"). Subsequent thereto, Mr.
Tuchman also was elected as the Chief Executive Officer of TeleTech. Pursuant to
the agreement,  Mr. Tuchman  is entitled  to receive  an annual  base salary  of
$750,000,  as adjusted on January  1 of each year during  the Term by the annual
percentage increase  in the  Consumer Price  Index for  Urban Wage  Earners  and
Clerical  Workers for the  Denver metropolitan area  (the "CPI Percentage"). Mr.
Tuchman also is eligible  to receive an annual  performance bonus not to  exceed
$250,000,  as adjusted  annually by  the CPI  Percentage, based  upon TeleTech's
achievement of certain predetermined  performance goals. The agreement  requires
the  Company to maintain, on behalf of Mr. Tuchman, a $24 million life insurance
policy (half of which  is payable to  his beneficiaries), disability  insurance,
accident, death and dismemberment insurance, errors and omissions insurance with
a  policy limit of not less than $1  million and entitles Mr. Tuchman to receive
certain perquisites specified  therein. Under  the terms of  his agreement,  Mr.
Tuchman  is prohibited,  during his employment  and for  three years thereafter,
from disclosing any confidential information  or trade secrets of TeleTech.  Mr.
Tuchman  also is prohibited, during his employment and for three years after the
Company terminates his  employment for Good  Cause (as defined  therein) or  Mr.
Tuchman voluntarily terminates his employment with the Company, from engaging in
any  business, or  becoming employed by  or otherwise rendering  services to any
company (other  than TeleTech)  that  has as  its  primary business  inbound  or
outbound  teleservices. The agreement  provides that if  TeleTech terminates Mr.
Tuchman's employment for Good Cause, TeleTech will pay Mr. Tuchman his salary as
accrued through the date  of termination. If  TeleTech terminates Mr.  Tuchman's
employment  without Good Cause, TeleTech  will pay to him  the lesser of (i) the
sum of his salary  as accrued through the  date of termination, his  performance
bonus,  prorated for  any portion  of the  year remaining  and calculated  as if
TeleTech had  achieved its  performance  goals, and  the  present value  of  all
payments  that otherwise would have been made to him during the remainder of the
Term, calculated as  if TeleTech  had achieved  its performance  goals, or  (ii)
three  times the  aggregate salary  and performance bonus  earned by  him in the
immediately preceding year.
 
    TeleTech entered into an employment  agreement with Joseph D. Livingston  as
Senior  Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of TeleTech effective January
1, 1995. Pursuant to  the agreement, as amended,  Mr. Livingston is entitled  to
receive  an annual base  salary of $160,000  for 1995 and  $250,000 for 1996 and
thereafter and also  is eligible to  receive an annual  performance bonus  based
upon TeleTech's achievement of certain predetermined performance goals. TeleTech
also has granted Mr. Livingston options to purchase 750,000 and 75,000 shares of
Common  Stock at an exercise  price of $1.29 and  $8.00 per share, respectively,
which options vest  over three years  from the date  of grant. Mr.  Livingston's
employment  with TeleTech  is terminable  at any time  by either  party, with or
without cause. Upon termination of  employment, Mr. Livingston will be  entitled
to  unpaid compensation for  services rendered through  the date of termination,
together with employee benefits accrued  through the date of termination.  Under
the  terms of  his agreement, Mr.  Livingston is prohibited  from disclosing any
confidential information  or  trade  secrets of  TeleTech.  The  Agreement  also
prohibits  Mr.  Livingston,  for  the  three  years  after  termination  of  his
employment with TeleTech, from engaging in any business or becoming employed  or
otherwise  rendering services  to any company  engaging in,  inbound or outbound
teleservices, development or maintenance of voice or data communication, certain
software  applications,  customer   communications  services  or   technological
innovation or support for any of the foregoing.
 
    The  Company entered into an employment agreement  dated as of April 1, 1996
with Steven B.  Coburn. Pursuant to  the agreement, Mr.  Coburn serves as  Chief
Financial  Officer of the Company for a three-year term commencing on October 2,
1995 and is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $120,000 for 1995  and,
commencing  January 1, 1996, an annual base  salary of $135,000. Mr. Coburn also
is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of not more than  twenty-five
percent of his salary upon the Company's
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
achievement  of certain predetermined performance goals. The Company has granted
Mr. Coburn options  to purchase 250,000  shares of Common  Stock at an  exercise
price  of  $2.00 per  share,  which options  vest over  a  period of  five years
beginning with the thirteenth month  of his employment. The agreement  prohibits
Mr.  Coburn from disclosing any confidential information or trade secrets of the
Company. Mr. Coburn  also is  prohibited, during  his employment  and for  three
years  after the  Company terminates his  employment for Good  Cause (as defined
therein) or Mr. Coburn voluntarily  terminates his employment with the  Company,
from  engaging in any  business, or becoming employed  by or otherwise rendering
services to any company (other than TeleTech), that has as its primary  business
inbound  or outbound  teleservices or  technological innovation  or support with
respect thereto.
 
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS
 
    TeleTech's Restated Certificate  of Incorporation and  By-laws provide  that
TeleTech  shall  indemnify  its  directors,  and  may  indemnify  its  officers,
employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. The
Company also is authorized  to secure insurance  on behalf of  any person it  is
required  or  permitted  to  indemnify.  Pursuant  to  this  provision, TeleTech
maintains liability insurance for the benefit of its directors and officers.
 
    TeleTech has entered into agreements to indemnify its directors and  certain
of  its officers, in addition to  the indemnification provided for in TeleTech's
Restated Certificate  of Incorporation  and By-laws.  These agreements  provide,
among  other things, that TeleTech will indemnify its directors and officers for
all direct and indirect expenses  and costs (including, without limitation,  all
reasonable  attorneys' fees and related disbursements, other out-of-pocket costs
and reasonable compensation for  time spent by such  persons for which they  are
not  otherwise compensated by  TeleTech or any third  person) and liabilities of
any type  whatsoever  (including, but  not  limited to,  judgements,  fines  and
settlement  fees) actually and reasonably incurred  by such person in connection
with either the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any  threatened,
pending  or completed action, suit or  other proceeding, including any action by
or in the right of the corporation,  arising out of such person's services as  a
director,  officer,  employee  or other  agent  of TeleTech,  any  subsidiary of
TeleTech or  any  other company  or  enterprise  to which  the  person  provides
services at the request of TeleTech. TeleTech believes that these provisions and
agreements  are  necessary  to  attract  and  retain  talented  and  experienced
directors and officers.
 
              CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
    In  addition  to  transactions  described  under   "Management--Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation," the following transactions have
been  effected,  or  are  being  contemplated,  involving  the  Company  and its
directors, executive officers or stockholders.
 
    During 1995, TeleTech provided reservations call handling services to Midway
Airlines Corporation ("Midway"),  a majority-owned  subsidiary of  Zell/Chilmark
Fund, L.P. Samuel Zell, a director of TeleTech, is an affiliate of Zell/Chilmark
Fund,  L.P. During the twelve months ended  December 31, 1995 and the six months
ended June 30,  1996, TeleTech  charged Midway  an aggregate  of $1,291,862  and
$1,249,000,  respectively, for services rendered by TeleTech. As of December 31,
1995 and June 30, 1996, the total amounts due from Midway for services  rendered
by  TeleTech were  $535,845 and  $644,267, respectively,  of which  $354,526 and
$511,976, respectively,  were  past  due.  TeleTech  has  continued  to  provide
reservations call handling services to Midway in the current fiscal year.
 
    In  April 1996, TeleTech agreed to  accept from Midway, and Midway delivered
to the  Company,  a promissory  note  in the  principal  amount of  $500,000  to
evidence  a portion of the total amount due and owing. The promissory note bears
interest at a rate of  8% per annum and is  payable in 12 equal installments  of
principal,  together with interest, commencing  May 1, 1996. On  July 1, 1996, a
balance of $375,000 was outstanding under this promissory note.
 
    TeleTech has agreed to pay, prior to  the closing of the Offering, a fee  of
$1.0  million to  Equity Group  Investments, Inc.  ("EGI"), an  affiliate of Sam
Zell, a  director  of  the  Company, for  certain  financial  advisory  services
rendered  by  EGI  in  connection  with  the  Offering  and  certain  merger and
acquisition advisory
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
services, including transaction structuring and negotiation, rendered by EGI  in
connection with the acquisition of Access 24 and the joint venture with PPP. The
fee,  which was negotiated between  the Board of Directors  of the Company (with
Messrs. Zell  and Weingarten  abstaining  from its  vote  thereon) and  EGI,  is
believed  to be  substantially equivalent to  fees of  other advisors performing
comparable services, such as  investment banks. Of the  $1.0 million payable  to
EGI,  approximately $500,000 relate to services  rendered in connection with the
Offering and are included as expenses thereof.
 
   
    Mr. Zell is  an affiliate of  SZRL Investments, a  general partnership  that
owns  a  7.5%  limited  partner  profits  interest  in  Genesis  Merchant  Group
Securities L.P. ("Genesis"), a member of the National Association of  Securities
Dealers,  Inc.  Genesis is  participating in  the  Offering as  a member  of the
underwriting syndicate. See "Underwriters."
    
 
    TeleTech has  utilized  the  services  of  The  Riverside  Agency,  Inc.  in
reviewing,  obtaining  or  renewing various  insurance  policies.  The Riverside
Agency, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of EGI. During the twelve months ended
December 31,  1995 and  the three  months ended  March 31,  1996, The  Riverside
Agency,   Inc.  invoiced   TeleTech  an   aggregate  of   $23,965  and  $47,930,
respectively, for services rendered.
 
    On January 1,  1996, the  Company acquired  all of  the outstanding  capital
stock  of Access  24. As  consideration for  such stock,  the Company  issued an
aggregate of 712,520 shares of  Common Stock to, and  such shares are now  owned
by,  an affiliate of Dr.  John E. Kendall and an  affiliate of Louis T. Carroll,
and paid $2.3  million in  cash and  issued 257,720  shares of  Common Stock  to
Access  24  Holdings  Pty  Limited ("Access  Holdings"  and,  together  with the
affiliates of Dr. Kendall  and Mr. Carroll,  the "Common Stockholders").  Access
Holdings is an affiliate of RACV, a financial services client of the Company. In
connection  with this transaction, the Company entered into a Stock Transfer and
Registration Rights  Agreement  with the  Common  Stockholders (the  "Access  24
Agreement"),  pursuant to  which (i) the  Company was granted  certain rights of
first refusal to acquire shares of Common Stock sought to be sold by the  Common
Stockholders,  and (b)  the Company granted  to the  Common Stockholders certain
rights to include in  certain registration statements that  may be filed by  the
Company following the Offering all or part of the shares of Common Stock held by
the Common Stockholders.
 
    In   June  1996,  Access  Holdings  notified  the  Company  of  its  planned
disposition  of  its  remaining  248,810  shares  of  Common  Stock  and,  after
negotiations,  the  following  agreements  were  reached  and  will  be effected
contingent upon and immediately prior to the closing of the Offering: (i) Access
Holdings will sell 98,810 and 100,000 shares of Common Stock to the Company  and
Hinsdale  Corporation  Sdn Berhad  ("Hinsdale"),  an affiliate  of  Mr. Carroll,
respectively, at a  price of  $10.00 per share,  and (ii)  the remaining  50,000
shares of Common Stock owned by Access Holdings and the 100,000 shares of Common
Stock  acquired by Hinsdale  from Access Holdings  are included in,  and will be
sold to  the  public pursuant  to,  the  Offering. See  "Principal  and  Selling
Stockholders."
 
    In  1993 and 1994, Mr. Tuchman made loans to the Company that were evidenced
by subordinated promissory notes with an interest rate of 8% per annum. In 1995,
the Company paid interest of $11,000 to Mr. Tuchman on such notes. In connection
with the Company's restructuring and sale of $12.0 million of Preferred Stock in
January 1995,  the Company  repaid the  approximately $1.2  million  outstanding
balance  of such notes. Also in 1995,  TeleTech paid a dividend of approximately
$452,000 to Mr. Tuchman.
 
    TeleTech believes  that  all transactions  disclosed  above have  been,  and
TeleTech's  Board of  Directors intends  that any  future transactions  with its
officers, directors, affiliates or principal stockholders will be, on terms that
are no less favorable to TeleTech than those that are obtainable in arms' length
transactions with unaffiliated third parties.
 
    Certain directors of the Company are entitled, under certain  circumstances,
to  require the Company  to register under  the Securities Act  shares of Common
Stock owned  by them.  See  "Management--Compensation Committee  Interlocks  and
Insider Participation."
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
    The  following  table sets  forth certain  information  with respect  to the
beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock  as of July 15, 1996, and  as
adjusted  to reflect the sale of shares of Common Stock being offered hereby, by
(i) each stockholder who is known by  the Company to beneficially own more  than
5%  of  the currently  outstanding  shares of  Common  Stock, (ii)  each  of the
Company's directors and the  Named Executive Officers,  (iii) all directors  and
executive officers of the Company as a group and (iv) the Selling Stockholders.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED PRIOR                    SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED
                                                         TO THE OFFERING             NUMBER OF          AFTER THE OFFERING
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS                    -------------------------------   SHARES BEING    ----------------------------
AND CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS (1)                           NUMBER          PERCENT      OFFERED (2)        NUMBER         PERCENT
- -----------------------------------------------  ------------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------  -----------
<S>                                              <C>                 <C>          <C>              <C>              <C>
Kenneth D. Tuchman.............................    40,700,000(3)          79.7%      1,000,000       39,700,000          72.2%
Joseph D. Livingston...........................       375,000(4)             *              --          375,000             *
Steven B. Coburn...............................            --                *              --               --             *
Alan Silverman.................................       333,330(5)(6)          *              --          333,330             *
Richard Weingarten.............................        75,000(6)(7)          *              --          243,333(7)          *
Samuel Zell....................................     8,575,000(8)          16.8         950,000(9)     2,514,400(8)        4.6
All directors and executive officers as a group
 (6 persons)...................................    50,058,330             97.0       1,950,000(10)   43,166,063          77.6
Jack Silverman.................................       258,340(11)            *          50,000          208,340             *
TeleTech Investors General Partnership
c/o Equity Group Investments, Inc.
Two North Riverside Plaza
Chicago, Illinois 60606........................     8,525,000(12)         16.7         950,000               --             *
Hinsdale Corporation Sdn Berhad (13)...........       170,000                *         170,000               --             *
Access 24 Holdings Pty Limited.................        50,000                *          50,000               --             *
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
 *  Less than one percent
 
 (1)The  address  of each  director  and executive  officer  is in  care  of the
    Company, 1700 Lincoln Street, Suite 1400, Denver, Colorado 80203.
 
 (2)Assumes no  exercise  of the  Underwriters'  over-allotment option.  If  the
    Underwriters'  over-allotment option is exercised,  Mr. Tuchman will sell up
    to 933,000 additional shares and, assuming all such shares are sold, he will
    beneficially own 38,767,000 shares or 70.6% of the total outstanding shares.
 
 (3)Mr. Tuchman is the  founder, Chairman of the  Board of Directors,  President
    and Chief Executive Officer of TeleTech. See "Management."
 
 (4)Includes 375,000 shares of Common Stock subject to options granted under the
    Option  Plan, which are exercisable  as of the date  of this Prospectus. Mr.
    Livingston is the Senior Vice President  and Chief Operating Officer of  the
    Company. See "Management."
 
 (5)Includes  258,330 shares of Common Stock  issuable upon conversion of 51,666
    shares of Preferred  Stock owned by  Mr. Silverman, which  he has agreed  to
    convert  into Common Stock  pursuant to the  Preferred Stock Conversion, and
    75,000 shares  subject  to  options  exercisable as  of  the  date  of  this
    Prospectus. See note (6) below.
 
 (6)Includes 75,000 shares of Common Stock subject to options granted to each of
    Messrs.  Silverman  and  Weingarten  under the  Directors  Option  Plan. See
    "Management--Compensation of Directors."
 
 (7) Mr.  Weingarten,  as  a  general  partner  of  TeleTech  Investors  General
    Partnership  ("TIGP"), owns an undivided interest in the 8,525,000 shares of
    Common Stock issuable upon conversion of TIGP's
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
    1,705,000 shares  of Preferred  Stock. Zell  General Partnership,  Inc.,  an
    affiliate  of  Mr.  Zell  and  the managing  general  partner  of  TIGP (the
    "Managing General Partner"), has the sole power to vote and dispose of these
    shares. Upon dissolution of TIGP (see  note (8) below), Mr. Weingarten  will
    receive  a distribution of his proportionate  share of the net proceeds from
    TIGP's sale of  Common Stock and  the remaining shares  of Common Stock  not
    sold  by TIGP in  the Offering. Following  such distribution, Mr. Weingarten
    will own 243,333  shares of Common  Stock, which includes  75,000 shares  of
    Common Stock subject to options granted under the Directors Option Plan.
 
 (8)  Includes 50,000 shares of  Common Stock subject to  options granted to Mr.
    Zell under the Directors  Option Plan and, prior  to the Offering  8,525,000
    shares  of Common Stock issuable upon  conversion of the 1,705,000 shares of
    Preferred  Stock  owned  by   TIGP.  See  note   (10)  below  and   "Certain
    Relationships  and Related Party Transactions." The Managing General Partner
    has agreed to convert,  pursuant to the Preferred  Stock Conversion, all  of
    its  shares of Preferred Stock into shares  of Common Stock. The Company has
    been advised that, immediately after the closing of the Offering, TIGP  will
    be  dissolved and the net proceeds from TIGP's sale of Common Stock, and the
    remaining shares of Common Stock not sold  by TIGP in the Offering, will  be
    distributed  to  its partners.  Following such  distribution, Mr.  Zell will
    beneficially own 2,514,400  shares of  Common Stock,  which includes  50,000
    shares of Common Stock subject to options granted under the Directors Option
    Plan.   See  "Management"  and  "Certain  Relationships  and  Related  Party
    Transactions."
 
 (9) Represents the shares being sold by TIGP.
 
(10) Represents  the shares  being sold  by Mr.  Tuchman and  TIGP, assuming  no
    exercise  of the  Underwriters' over-allotment option.  If the Underwriters'
    over-allotment option  is exercised,  Mr. Tuchman  will sell  up to  933,000
    additional  shares and, assuming all such shares are sold, all directors and
    executive officers as a  group will beneficially  own 42,233,063 shares,  or
    76.1%, of the total outstanding shares.
 
(11)  The shares reflected in the table are issuable upon conversion of, and Mr.
    Silverman has  agreed to  convert  in the  Preferred Stock  Conversion,  his
    51,668 shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock.
 
(12)  Includes 8,525,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion, to
    occur immediately prior and subject to consummation of the Offering, of  the
    1,705,000  shares of  Preferred Stock  owned by  TIGP. The  Company has been
    advised that, immediately after  the closing of the  Offering, TIGP will  be
    dissolved  and its assets will be distributed to its partners. See notes (7)
    and (8) above.
 
(13) Hinsdale is a Malaysian corporation owned by Louis T. Carroll. Mr.  Carroll
    is  the founder of  Access 24 and  previously served as  its Chief Executive
    Officer. Since January 1996, Mr. Carroll has served as the Managing Director
    of Access 24. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
    Pursuant to  the Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation, the  Company  has
authority  to  issue  an  aggregate  of  51,860,000  shares  of  capital  stock,
consisting of 50,000,000 shares of Common  Stock, par value $.01 per share,  and
1,860,000  shares of Preferred Stock, par value  $6.45 per share. As of July 15,
1996, after giving effect to the  five-for-one stock split by a stock  dividend,
the  Company's  issued and  outstanding  capital stock  consisted  of 41,746,240
shares of Common Stock, held by  eleven holders of record, and 1,860,000  shares
of  Preferred Stock, held by  four holders of record.  Pursuant to the Preferred
Stock Conversion, the  holders of all  of the issued  and outstanding shares  of
Preferred  Stock have  agreed to convert,  immediately prior and  subject to the
closing of the Offering, all of the 1,860,000 shares of Preferred Stock owned by
them into an aggregate of 9,300,000 shares of Common Stock. Thus, no information
regarding the currently outstanding Preferred Stock is set forth below.
 
    Concurrently with the closing of the Offering, officers of the Company  will
cause  to be  filed in  Delaware and  to take  effect a  Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of the  Company (the "Restated  Certificate"). Under the  Restated
Certificate,   the  Company  will  have  authority  to  issue  an  aggregate  of
160,000,000 shares of capital stock, consisting of 150,000,000 shares of  Common
Stock, par value $.01 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock.
 
    Set forth below is a description of the Common Stock, and of preferred stock
that may be issued, under the Restated Certificate.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    The rights of the holders of the Common Stock discussed below are subject to
such rights as the Board of Directors may hereafter confer on the holders of the
preferred  stock; accordingly,  rights conferred  on holders  of preferred stock
issued under the Restated Certificate may adversely affect the rights of holders
of the Common Stock.
 
    Subject to  the  right  of  holders  of  Preferred  Stock,  the  holders  of
outstanding  shares of  Common Stock  are entitled  to receive  dividends out of
assets legally available  therefor, at  such times and  in such  amounts as  the
Board  of Directors may from time to  time determine. See "Dividend Policy." The
shares of Common Stock  are neither redeemable nor  convertible and the  holders
thereof  have no preemptive or subscription rights to purchase any securities of
the Company. Upon  liquidation, dissolution or  winding up of  the Company,  the
holders  of Common Stock  are entitled to  receive, PRO RATA,  the assets of the
Company that are legally available for distribution, after payment of all  debts
and  other  liabilities  and subject  to  the  prior rights  of  any  holders of
Preferred Stock  then outstanding.  Each outstanding  share of  Common Stock  is
entitled  to one vote on all matters  submitted to a vote of stockholders. There
is no cumulative voting in the election of directors.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The  Restated  Certificate  authorizes  the  Board  of  Directors  to  issue
preferred  stock  in  classes  or  series  and  to  establish  the designations,
preferences, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of any class or  series
with  respect to,  among other  things, the  rate and  nature of  dividends, the
price, terms  and conditions  on which  shares may  be redeemed,  the terms  and
conditions  for conversion  or exchange  into any other  class or  series of the
stock and voting rights.  The Company will have  authority, without approval  of
the  holders of Common Stock, to issue preferred stock that has voting, dividend
or liquidation rights superior to the Common Stock and that may adversely affect
the rights of holders  of Common Stock. The  issuance of preferred stock,  while
providing  flexibility  in  connection  with  possible  acquisitions  and  other
corporate purposes, could, among other things, adversely affect the voting power
of the holders of Common Stock and could have the effect of delaying,  deferring
or  preventing a change in control of  the Company. The Company currently has no
plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
 
DELAWARE STATUTORY BUSINESS COMBINATION PROVISION
 
    Section 203 of the Delaware  General Corporation Law ("DGCL") is  applicable
to  corporate takeovers  in Delaware.  Subject to  certain exceptions  set forth
therein, Section 203 of the DGCL provides that a corporation shall not engage in
any business  combination with  any "interested  stockholder" for  a  three-year
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
period   following  the  date  that   such  stockholder  becomes  an  interested
stockholder unless  (a)  prior to  such  date, the  board  of directors  of  the
corporation  approved either  the business  combination or  the transaction that
resulted in  the  stockholder  becoming  an  interested  stockholder,  (b)  upon
consummation  of the  transaction that resulted  in the  stockholder becoming an
interested stockholder, the  interested stockholder  owned at least  85% of  the
voting  stock  of  the  corporation  outstanding  at  the  time  the transaction
commenced (excluding certain specified shares) or  (c) on or subsequent to  such
date,  the business  combination is  approved by the  board of  directors of the
corporation and by the affirmative vote of  at least 66 2/3% of the  outstanding
voting  stock  that  is  not  owned by  the  interested  stockholder.  Except as
specified therein, an "interested stockholder" is defined to include any  person
that  is (i) the  owner of 15%  or more of  the outstanding voting  stock of the
corporation, (ii) an  affiliate or  associate of  that corporation  and was  the
owner  of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation, at any
time within three  years immediately prior  to the relevant  date, and (iii)  an
affiliate  or associate of the persons described in the foregoing clauses (i) or
(ii). Under  certain  circumstances, Section  203  of  the DGCL  makes  it  more
difficult   for  an   "interested  stockholder"   to  effect   various  business
combinations  with  a  corporation  for   a  three-year  period,  although   the
stockholders  may, by adopting an amendment  to the corporation's certificate of
incorporation or  By-laws, elect  for  the corporation  not  to be  governed  by
Section  203, effective twelve months after adoption. None of the Certificate of
Incorporation, the Restated Certificate and the By-laws exempt the Company  from
the  restrictions imposed under Section 203 of  the DGCL. It is anticipated that
the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL may encourage companies interested  in
acquiring the Company to negotiate in advance with the Board of Directors of the
Company  because  the stockholder  approval requirement  would  be avoided  if a
majority of the directors then in office approve either the business combination
or the  transaction  that results  in  the stockholder  becoming  an  interested
stockholder.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
    The  Transfer Agent  and Registrar  for the  Common Stock  is American Stock
Transfer & Trust Company.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Sales of substantial amounts  of Common Stock in  the public market, or  the
perception  that such sales  could occur, could  adversely affect the prevailing
market price of the Common Stock and the ability of the Company to raise  equity
capital in the future. The Company cannot predict the effect, if any, that sales
of  shares of Common Stock, or the availability of such shares for future sales,
will have on future market prices of the Common Stock. Such sales also may  make
it  more difficult for  the Company to sell  equity securities or equity-related
securities in the future at the time and price it deems appropriate.
 
    Upon completion of the Offering, the  Compay will have 54,947,430 shares  of
Common   Stock   outstanding,  assuming   no   exercise  of   the  Underwriters'
over-allotment option and no exercise  of outstanding options. Of these  shares,
the  6,220,000 shares  sold in  the Offering  will be  freely tradeable, without
restriction, under the Securities Act.  The remaining 48,727,430 shares will  be
"restricted  securities" within  the meaning of  Rule 144  promulgated under the
Securities Act. Of these restricted securities, approximately 47,741,670 will be
subject to a 180-day lock-up period,  as described below. Following the  180-day
lock-up  period, all of  the restricted securities  will be immediately eligible
for sale, subject to the volume  limitations and other restrictions of Rule  144
(but  not the holding  period requirement), except  that approximately 26,000 of
the restricted securities will not become eligible for sale until expiration  of
applicable holding periods.
 
    In  general, under  Rule 144  as currently in  effect, a  person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned Restricted Shares for at
least two years (including,  in certain circumstances, the  holding period of  a
prior owner) would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of
shares  that does not  exceed the greater of:  (i) one percent  of the number of
shares of Common Stock then outstanding (which will equal approximately  549,473
shares  immediately  after the  Offering); or  (ii)  the average  weekly trading
volume of the Common Stock during  the four calendar weeks preceding the  filing
of  a Form 144 with respect to such  sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject
to certain  "manner of  sale"  provisions and  notice  requirements and  to  the
availability  of current public information about TeleTech. Under Rule 144(k), a
person who is  not deemed  to have  been an affiliate  of TeleTech  at any  time
during  the 90 days preceding a sale,  and who has beneficially owned the shares
proposed  to  be  sold  for  at   least  three  years  (including,  in   certain
circumstances,  the holding period of  a prior owner), is  entitled to sell such
shares without complying  with the  manner of sale,  public information,  volume
limitation  or  notice  provisions  of  Rule  144;  therefore,  unless otherwise
restricted, "144(k) shares" may be sold  immediately upon the completion of  the
Offering.
 
    In  addition, any employee, officer or director of or consultant to TeleTech
who purchased  his or  her shares  pursuant to  a written  compensatory plan  or
contract  may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701. Rule 701
permits affiliates  to  sell  their  Rule 701  shares  under  Rule  144  without
complying  with the  holding period requirements  of Rule 144.  Rule 701 further
provides that  non-affiliates may  sell  such shares  in  reliance on  Rule  144
without  having  to comply  with the  public  information, volume  limitation or
notice provisions of Rule 144.
 
    All  of  the  directors  and  officers  of  the  Company  and  the   Selling
Stockholders  have agreed not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any
option or contract to purchase, purchase  any option or contract to sell,  grant
any  option, right or warrant  to purchase or otherwise  transfer or dispose of,
directly  or  indirectly,  any  shares  of  Common  Stock,  or  any   securities
convertible  into or exercisable or exchangeable  for Common Stock, for a period
of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written  consent
of  Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. TIGP, one of the Selling Stockholders, is
permitted to distribute its  remaining shares of Common  Stock to its  partners,
provided  that  all of  such partners  have agreed  to be  bound by  the 180-day
lock-up arrangement. See "Underwriters."
 
    Following the Offering, the Company intends to file under the Securities Act
one or more registration statements on Form S-8 to register all of the shares of
Common Stock (i) subject to outstanding  options and reserved for future  option
grants  under the Option  Plan and the  Directors Option Plan  and (ii) that the
Company intends to offer for sale to  its employees pursuant to the ESPP.  These
registration  statements are expected to become effective upon filing and shares
covered by these registration statements will be eligible
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
for sale, subject, in the case of  affiliates only, to the restrictions of  Rule
144, other than the holding period requirement, and subject to expiration of the
lock-up  agreements  with the  Underwriters. As  of  July 15,  1996, outstanding
options to acquire an aggregate of 788,333 shares of Common Stock were currently
exercisable.
 
    Pursuant to the  Amended and  Restated Investment Agreement  to take  effect
upon the closing of the Offering, the Existing Stockholders will be entitled, by
majority  vote, to require TeleTech, at its  sole expense, to register under the
Securities Act  all or  part of  their Common  Stock. In  addition, if  TeleTech
proposes  to register any of its securities under the Securities Act for its own
account, the Existing Stockholders may require TeleTech, at its sole expense, to
include in such registration all or part of the 8,300,000 shares of Common Stock
that will  be owned  by  the Existing  Stockholders  after the  Offering.  These
registration  rights  will  continue  in effect  following  the  Preferred Stock
Conversion and the closing of the Offering. An aggregate of 1,000,000 shares are
being registered by the Existing  Stockholders in connection with the  Offering.
See "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation."
 
    Under  the terms of the Amended and Restated Stock Transfer and Registration
Rights Agreement to take  effect upon the closing  of the Offering, if  TeleTech
proposes  to register any of its securities under the Securities Act for its own
account, the Common Stockholders may require  TeleTech, at its sole expense,  to
include  in such registration all or part  of the 651,430 shares of Common Stock
that will be held by the Common Stockholders after the Offering. An aggregate of
220,000 shares of Common Stock are  being registered by the Common  Stockholders
in  connection with the  Offering. See "Certain  Relationships and Related Party
Transactions."
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
                CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
                      FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK
 
    The  following discussion concerns the material United States federal income
and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of shares of Common
Stock applicable to Non-U.S. Holders of such shares of Common Stock. In general,
a "Non-U.S. Holder" is any  holder other than (i) a  citizen or resident of  the
United  States, (ii)  a corporation or  partnership created or  organized in the
United States or under  the law of the  United States or any  State or (iii)  an
estate  or trust whose  income is includible  in gross income  for United States
federal income tax purposes regardless of its source. The discussion is based on
current law, which is subject to  change retroactively or prospectively, and  is
for  general information  only. The discussion  does not address  all aspects of
federal income and estate  taxation and does not  address any aspects of  state,
local  or non-U.S. tax laws. The discussion does not consider any specific facts
or circumstances that may apply to  a particular Non-U.S. Holder (including  the
fact  that in the  case of a Non-U.S.  Holder that is  a partnership, the United
States tax consequences of holding and  disposing of shares of Common Stock  may
be  affected by certain determinations made  at the partner level). Accordingly,
prospective investors  are urged  to consult  their tax  advisors regarding  the
United   States  federal,  state,  local  and  non-U.S.  income  and  other  tax
consequences of holding and disposing of shares of Common Stock.
 
    DIVIDENDS.  Dividends, if  any (see "Dividend Policy"),  paid to a  Non-U.S.
Holder  generally will be subject to United States withholding tax at a 30% rate
(or a lower rate as  may be prescribed by an  applicable tax treaty) unless  the
dividends  are effectively  connected with a  trade or business  of the Non-U.S.
Holder within the United States. Dividends effectively connected with a trade or
business will generally not  be subject to withholding  (if the Non-U.S.  Holder
properly  files an executed United States  Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") Form
4224 with the payor  of the dividend)  and generally will  be subject to  United
States  federal income tax on a net  income basis at regular graduated rates. In
the case of a Non-U.S. Holder which is a corporation, such effectively connected
income also may be subject to the branch profits tax (which is generally imposed
on a  foreign  corporation  on  the  repatriation  from  the  United  States  of
effectively  connected earnings  and profits).  The branch  profits tax  may not
apply if the recipient is a  qualified resident of certain countries with  which
the  United States has an income tax treaty. To determine the applicability of a
tax treaty  providing for  a lower  rate  of withholding,  dividends paid  to  a
stockholder's  address of  record in a  foreign country are  presumed, under the
current IRS position, to be paid to a resident of that country, unless the payor
has knowledge that such presumption is not warranted or an applicable tax treaty
(or United States  Treasury Regulations thereunder)  requires some other  method
for  determining a non-U.S. Holder's  residence. However, recently proposed U.S.
Treasury Regulations, if adopted, would modify the forms and procedures for this
certification.
 
    SALE OF COMMON STOCK.  Generally, a  Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject  to
United  States federal income tax  on any gain realized  upon the disposition of
such holder's  shares  of  Common  Stock unless  (i)  the  gain  is  effectively
connected  with a trade or  business carried on by  the Non-U.S. Holder with the
United States  (in  which case  the  branch profits  tax  may apply);  (ii)  the
Non-U.S.  Holder is  an individual  who holds  the shares  of Common  Stock as a
capital asset and is present  in the United States for  183 days or more in  the
taxable  year of the disposition and to  whom such gain is United States source;
(iii) the Non-U.S. Holder is subject to  tax pursuant to the provisions of  U.S.
tax  law applicable  to certain former  United States citizens  or residents; or
(iv) the Company is or has been  a "U.S. real property holding corporation"  for
federal income tax purposes (which the Company does not believe that it is or is
likely  to become) at any time during the five year period ending on the date of
disposition (or such shorter period that such shares were held) and, subject  to
certain  exceptions, the Non-U.S. Holder held, directly or indirectly, more than
five percent of the Common Stock.
 
    ESTATE TAX.    Shares of  Common  Stock owned  or  treated as  owned  by  an
individual  who is not a citizen or resident (as specifically defined for United
States federal estate tax purposes)  of the United States  at the time of  death
may be subject to United States federal estate tax.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
BACKUP WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION REPORTING
 
    DIVIDENDS.  The Company must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S.
Holder  the  amount of  dividends paid  to and  the tax  withheld, if  any, with
respect  to  such  holder.   These  information  reporting  requirements   apply
regardless  of  whether withholding  was reduced  by  an applicable  tax treaty.
Copies of these information returns may  also be available under the  provisions
of  a specific treaty  or agreement with  the tax authorities  in the country in
which the Non-U.S. Holder resides. Dividends  that are subject to United  States
withholding  tax at the 30%  statutory rate or at a  reduced tax treaty rate and
dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business
in the United States (if  certain certification and disclosure requirements  are
met)  are exempt from backup withholding of U.S. federal income tax. In general,
backup withholding at  a rate  of 31% and  information reporting  will apply  to
other  dividends paid on shares of Common  Stock to holders that are not "exempt
recipients" and  fail to  provide  in the  manner required  certain  identifying
information  (such  as the  holder's name,  address and  taxpayer identification
number). Generally, individuals are not exempt recipients, whereas  corporations
and certain other entities generally are exempt recipients.
 
    DISPOSITIONS  OF  COMMON  STOCK.    The payment  of  the  proceeds  from the
disposition of shares  of Common  Stock through the  United States  office of  a
broker  will be subject  to information reporting  and backup withholding unless
the holder,  under penalties  of  perjury, certifies,  among other  things,  its
status  as a Non-U.S. Holder, or  otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally,
the payment of the proceeds from the disposition of shares of Common Stock to or
through a non-U.S. office of a broker will not be subject to backup  withholding
and  will not be subject to information reporting. In the case of the payment of
proceeds from  the disposition  of shares  of Common  Stock through  a  non-U.S.
office  of a broker that  is a U.S. person  or a "U.S.-related person," existing
regulations require information  reporting (but not  backup withholding) on  the
payment  unless the  broker receives  a statement  from the  owner, signed under
penalties of perjury, certifying, among other  things, its status as a  Non-U.S.
Holder,  or the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the owner is a
Non-U.S. Holder and the broker has no actual knowledge to the contrary. For  tax
purpose,  a "U.S.-related person" is (i)  a "controlled foreign corporation" for
United States federal income tax purposes or  (ii) a foreign person 50% or  more
of whose gross income from all sources for the three year period ending with the
close  of its taxable year preceding the payment (or for such part of the period
that the  broker has  been in  existence) is  derived from  activities that  are
effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business.
 
    Any  amount withheld from  a payment to  a Non-U.S. Holder  under the backup
withholding rules  will be  allowed as  a credit  against such  holder's  United
States  federal income tax  liability and may  entitle such holder  to a refund,
provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders
should consult their tax  advisors regarding the application  of these rules  to
their  particular situations, the availability of an exemption therefrom and the
procedures for obtaining such an exemption, if available.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITERS
 
    Under the  terms and  subject  to conditions  contained in  an  Underwriting
Agreement  dated the  date hereof, the  U.S. Underwriters named  below, for whom
Morgan Stanley &  Co. Incorporated, Alex.  Brown & Sons  Incorporated and  Smith
Barney  Inc.  are  serving as  U.S.  Representatives, have  severally  agreed to
purchase, and the Company and the Selling Stockholders have severally agreed  to
sell,  and the International Underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley &
Co. International Limited, Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated and Smith Barney Inc.
are  serving  as  International  Representatives  (collectively  with  the  U.S.
Representatives,  the "Representatives"), have severally agreed to purchase, and
the Company and  the Selling  Stockholders have  severally agreed  to sell,  the
respective  number of  shares of  Common Stock that  in the  aggregate equal the
number of shares set forth opposite the names of such Underwriters below:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               NUMBER
NAME                                                                                         OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------
<S>                                                                                          <C>
U.S. Underwriters:
    Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated......................................................   1,072,000
    Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated........................................................   1,072,000
    Smith Barney Inc.......................................................................   1,072,000
    Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated.....................................................      80,000
    Dean Witter Reynolds Inc...............................................................     160,000
    EVEREN Securities, Inc.................................................................      80,000
    Furman Selz LLC........................................................................      80,000
    Genesis Merchant Group Securities L.P..................................................      80,000
    GS2 Securities, Inc....................................................................      80,000
    Hambrecht & Quist LLC..................................................................     160,000
    Hanifen, Imhoff Inc....................................................................      80,000
    Jefferies & Company, Inc...............................................................      80,000
    Lehman Brothers Inc....................................................................     160,000
    Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.....................................     160,000
    Mesirow Financial, Inc.................................................................      80,000
    Montgomery Securities..................................................................     160,000
    Oppenheimer & Co., Inc.................................................................     160,000
    Punk, Ziegel & Knoell, L.P.............................................................      80,000
    Raymond James & Associates, Inc........................................................      80,000
                                                                                             ----------
        Subtotal...........................................................................   4,976,000
                                                                                             ----------
International Underwriters:
    Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited.............................................     334,668
    Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated........................................................     334,666
    Smith Barney Inc.......................................................................     334,666
    Credit Lyonnais Securities.............................................................      60,000
    Morgan Grenfell & Co. Limited..........................................................      60,000
    Nomura International plc...............................................................      60,000
    UBS Limited............................................................................      60,000
                                                                                             ----------
        Subtotal...........................................................................   1,244,000
                                                                                             ----------
        Total..............................................................................   6,220,000
                                                                                             ----------
                                                                                             ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The U.S. Underwriters  and the International  Underwriters are  collectively
referred  to as the "Underwriters." The Underwriting Agreement provides that the
obligations of the several  Underwriters to pay for  and accept delivery of  the
shares  of Common Stock  offered hereby are  subject to the  approval of certain
legal matters  by  counsel  and  to  certain  other  conditions,  including  the
conditions  that no stop order suspending  the effectiveness of the Registration
Statement is in effect and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or
threatened by the Securities and Exchange Commission and that there has been  no
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
material  adverse  change or  any development  involving a  prospective material
adverse change in the earnings, results of operations or financial condition  of
the  Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a  whole, from that set forth in the
Registration Statement. The Underwriters are obligated  to take and pay for  all
of  the shares of Common  Stock offered hereby (other  than those covered by the
over-allotment option described below) if any are taken.
 
    Pursuant to the Agreement Between U.S. and International Underwriters,  each
U.S.  Underwriter has represented  and agreed that,  with certain exceptions set
forth below, (i) it is not purchasing any U.S. Shares (as defined below) for the
account of anyone  other than  a United States  or Canadian  Person (as  defined
below) and (ii) it has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly
or  indirectly, any U.S. Shares or distribute this Prospectus outside the United
States or Canada or  to anyone other  than a United  States or Canadian  Person.
Pursuant  to  the Agreement  Between U.S.  and International  Underwriters, each
International  Underwriter  has  represented  and  agreed  that,  with   certain
exceptions  set forth below,  (a) it is not  purchasing any International Shares
(as defined below) for the account of  any United States or Canadian Person  and
(b)  it  has not  offered  or sold,  and  will not  offer  or sell,  directly or
indirectly, any International  Shares or distribute  this Prospectus within  the
United  States  or  Canada or  to  any  United States  or  Canadian  Person. The
foregoing limitations do not apply  to stabilization transactions or to  certain
other  transactions specified  in the  Agreement Between  U.S. and International
Underwriters. With  respect  to  Smith  Barney  Inc.  and  Alex.  Brown  &  Sons
Incorporated,  the foregoing representations  or agreements (a)  made by them in
their capacity as U.S. Underwriters shall  apply only to shares of Common  Stock
purchased  by them in their  capacity as U.S. Underwriters,  (b) made by them in
their capacity  as International  Underwriters  shall apply  only to  shares  of
Common  Stock purchased by them in  their capacity as International Underwriters
and (c) shall not  restrict their ability to  distribute this Prospectus to  any
person. As used herein, "United States or Canadian Person" means any national or
resident   of  the  United  States  or   Canada  or  any  corporation,  pension,
profit-sharing or other trust  or other entity organized  under the laws of  the
United  States or Canada or  of any political subdivision  thereof (other than a
branch located outside of the United States  and Canada of any United States  or
Canadian  Person) and includes any United States  or Canadian branch of a person
who is not  otherwise a United  States or Canadian  Person, and "United  States"
means  the United  States of America,  its territories, its  possessions and all
areas subject to its jurisdiction. All shares  of Common Stock to be offered  by
the  U.S.  Underwriters and  International  Underwriters under  the Underwriting
Agreement are referred  to herein as  the "U.S. Shares"  and the  "International
Shares," respectively.
 
    Pursuant to the Agreement Between U.S. and International Underwriters, sales
may  be made between the U.S. Underwriters and the International Underwriters of
any  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  to  be  purchased  pursuant  to  the
Underwriting  Agreement  as may  be  mutually agreed.  The  per share  price and
currency settlement of any shares  of Common Stock so  sold shall be the  public
offering  price  range set  forth on  the  cover page  hereof, in  United States
dollars, less an amount not greater than the per share amount of the  concession
to dealers set forth below.
 
    Pursuant  to the Agreement Between U.S. and International Underwriters, each
U.S. Underwriter has represented that it has not offered or sold, and has agreed
not to offer or  sell, any shares  of Common Stock,  directly or indirectly,  in
Canada  in contravention  of the  securities laws of  Canada or  any province or
territory thereof and has  represented that any offer  of such shares in  Canada
will  be  made only  pursuant to  an exemption  from the  requirement to  file a
prospectus in the province or territory of  Canada in which such offer is  made.
Each  U.S. Underwriter has  further agreed to  send to any  dealer who purchases
from it any  shares of  Common Stock  a notice  starting in  substance that,  by
purchasing  such  shares, such  dealer  represents and  agrees  that it  has not
offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any of such
shares in  Canada in  contravention of  the  securities laws  of Canada  or  any
province  or territory thereof and  that any offer of  shares of Common Stock in
Canada will be made only pursuant to an exemption from the requirement to file a
prospectus in the province or territory of  Canada in which such offer is  made,
and  that such dealer will deliver  to any other dealer to  whom it sells any of
such shares a notice to the foregoing effect.
 
    Pursuant to the Agreement Between U.S. and International Underwriters,  each
International  Underwriter has represented  that (i) it has  not offered or sold
and   will    not    offer   or    sell    any   shares    of    Common    Stock
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
to  persons in  the United Kingdom  except to persons  whose ordinary activities
involve them in  acquiring, holding,  managing or disposing  of investments  (as
principal  or  agent)  for the  purposes  of  their businesses  or  otherwise in
circumstances which have not  resulted and will  not result in  an offer to  the
public  in  the  United Kingdom  within  the  meaning of  the  Public  Offers of
Securities Regulations 1995 (the "Regulations");  (ii) it has complied and  will
comply with all applicable provisions of the Financial Services Act 1986 and the
Regulations  with respect to anything done by  it in relation to such shares in,
from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; and (iii) it has only issued  or
passed on and will only issue or pass on to any person in the United Kingdom any
document  received by it  in connection with  the issue of  such shares, if that
person is of a  kind described in  Article 11(3) of  the Financial Services  Act
1986 (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1995, or is a person to whom
such document may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.
 
    Pursuant  to the Agreement Between U.S. and International Underwriters, each
International Underwriter has represented and agreed that it has not offered  or
sold,  and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for
the account of  any resident  thereof, any shares  of Common  Stock acquired  in
connection   with  the  Offering,  except  for   offers  or  sales  of  Japanese
International Underwriters or dealers and except pursuant to any exemption  from
the  registration requirements of the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan. Each
International Underwriter has further agreed to send to any dealer who purchases
from it any of such  shares of Common Stock a  notice stating in substance  that
such dealer may not offer or sell any of such shares, directly or indirectly, in
Japan  or to or for the account of  any resident thereof, except pursuant to any
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities and Exchange  Law
of  Japan, and that such dealer  will send to any other  dealer to whom it sells
any of such shares a notice to the foregoing effect.
 
   
    The Underwriters propose to offer part of the shares of Common Stock offered
hereby directly to  the public at  the public  offering price set  forth in  the
cover  page hereof  and part to  certain dealers  at a price  which represents a
concession not in excess of $0.60 per share under the public offering price. The
Underwriters may  allow, and  such dealers  may re-allow,  a concession  not  in
excess  of $0.10 per  share to other  Underwriters or to  certain other dealers.
After the initial offering of the shares of Common Stock, the offering price and
other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the Representatives.
    
 
    Pursuant to  the Underwriting  Agreement, Mr.  Tuchman, one  of the  Selling
Stockholders, has granted to the U.S. Underwriters an option, exercisable for 30
days  from the date of this Prospectus,  to purchase up to an additional 933,000
shares of Common Stock at the public offering price set forth on the cover  page
hereof,  less underwriting discounts and  commissions. The U.S. Underwriters may
exercise  such  option  to   purchase  solely  for   the  purpose  of   covering
over-allotments,  if any,  incurred in  the sale of  the shares  of Common Stock
offered hereby. To the  extent such option is  exercised, each U.S.  Underwriter
will  become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately
the same percentage of such  additional shares as the  number set forth next  to
such U.S. Underwriters' name in the preceding table bears to the total number of
shares of Common Stock offered hereby to the U.S. Underwriters.
 
    The  Underwriters have  reserved up  to 373,200  shares of  the Common Stock
offered hereby  for  sale  at  the initial  public  offering  price  to  certain
employees, consultants and other persons associated with the Company. The number
of  shares of  Common Stock  available for  sale to  the general  public will be
reduced to the extent such persons  purchase such reserved shares. Any  reserved
shares  not so  purchased will  be offered  by the  Underwriters to  the general
public on the same basis as the other shares offered hereby.
 
    The Representatives have informed the  Company and the Selling  Stockholders
that the Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to accounts over which they
exercise discretionary authority.
 
    The  Company, the Selling  Stockholders and the  Underwriters have agreed to
indemnify each other  against certain liabilities,  including liabilities  under
the Securities Act.
 
    See  "Shares  Eligible  for  Future  Sale"  for  a  description  of  certain
arrangements by which all officers and directors of the Company have agreed  not
to  sell or otherwise dispose  of Common Stock or  convertible securities of the
Company for up to 180 days after  the date of this Prospectus without the  prior
consent  of  Morgan Stanley  &  Co. Incorporated.  The  Company and  the Selling
Stockholders have  agreed in  the  Underwriting Agreement  that they  will  not,
directly    or   indirectly,    without   the    prior   written    consent   of
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, offer,  pledge, sell, contract to sell,  sell
any  option or contract  to purchase, purchase  any option or  contract to sell,
grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or  dispose
of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable
for  Common Stock, for a  period of 180 days after  the date of this Prospectus,
except under certain circumstances.  TIGP, one of  the Selling Stockholders,  is
permitted  to distribute its  remaining shares of Common  Stock to its partners,
provided that  all of  such partners  have agreed  to be  bound by  the  180-day
lock-up arrangement.
 
   
    Samuel Zell, a director of the Company, is an affiliate of SZRL Investments,
a  general  partnership that  owns a  7.5% limited  partner profits  interest in
Genesis Merchant Group  Securities L.P.  ("Genesis"), a member  of the  National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Genesis is participating in the Offering
as  a member of the underwriting syndicate. Teletech has agreed to pay, prior to
the closing of the Offering, a fee of $1.0 million to Equity Group  Investments,
Inc.  ("EGI"), an affiliate of Mr. Zell, for certain financial advisory services
rendered by  EGI  in  connection  with  the  Offering  and  certain  merger  and
acquisition   advisory   services,   including   transaction   structuring   and
negotiation, rendered by EGI in connection with the acquisition of Access 24 and
the joint venture with  PPP. Of the $1.0  million payable to EGI,  approximately
$500,000  relate to  services rendered in  connection with the  Offering and are
included as  expenses  thereof. See  "Certain  Relationships and  Related  Party
Transactions."
    
 
PRICING OF THE OFFERING
 
   
    Prior  to the Offering,  there has been  no public market  for the Company's
Common Stock. The initial  public offering price  was determined by  negotiation
between  the Company  and the Representatives.  Among the  factors considered in
determining the initial public offering price  were the future prospects of  the
Company  and  its  industry in  general,  revenues, earnings  and  certain other
financial and operating  information of the  Company in recent  periods and  the
price-earnings  ratios, price-revenues  ratios, market prices  of securities and
certain financial and operating information  of companies engaged in  activities
similar to those of the Company.
    
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The  validity of the  shares of Common  Stock offered hereby  will be passed
upon for TeleTech by Neal, Gerber & Eisenberg, Chicago, Illinois. Certain  legal
matters in connection with the Offering will be passed upon for the Underwriters
by  Katten Muchin &  Zavis, Chicago, Illinois. In  connection with the Offering,
certain attorneys  of Neal,  Gerber &  Eisenberg intend  to purchase  shares  of
Common Stock at the initial public offering price, which constitute a portion of
the  shares reserved by the Underwriters for sale at the initial public offering
price to certain employees,  consultants and other  persons associated with  the
Company. See "Underwriters."
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The  financial statements of TeleTech as of  December 31, 1994 and 1995, and
for each  of the  two  years in  the  period ended  December  31, 1995  and  the
financial statements Access 24 for the 10 months ended December 31, 1995 and for
the  year ended February 28,  1995 included in this  Prospectus and elsewhere in
the Registration Statement have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent
public accountants, as indicated in their reports with respect thereto, and  are
included  herein  in reliance  upon the  authority  of said  firm as  experts in
accounting and auditing in giving said reports.
 
    The financial statements of TeleTech as of December 31, 1993 and for the  11
month  period ended December 31, 1993  included in this Prospectus and elsewhere
in the Registration  Statement have  been audited by  Gumbiner, Savett,  Finkel,
Fingleson  &  Rose, Inc.  (formerly Gumbiner,  Savett,  Friedman &  Rose, Inc.),
independent public accountants,  and are  included herein in  reliance upon  the
authority of said firm as experts in giving said reports.
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
                       CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
    In December 1994, Gumbiner, Savett, Finkel, Fingelson & Rose, Inc. resigned,
and  Arthur  Andersen  LLP was  retained,  as the  Company's  independent public
accountants. The reports of Gumbiner, Savett, Finkel, Fingelson & Rose, Inc.  on
the  combined  financial  statements of  TeleTech  Telecommunications,  Inc. and
TeleTech Teleservices, Inc. as of December 31, 1993 and for the 11 month  period
ended December 31, 1993 included herein contain no adverse opinion or disclaimer
of  opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or
application of accounting principles. During the engagement of Gumbiner, Savett,
Finkel, Fingelson  & Rose,  Inc. by  the Company,  there were  no  disagreements
between  the Company  and such  firm on any  matter of  accounting principles or
practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    TeleTech  has  filed  with  the  Commission  under  the  Securities  Act   a
Registration  Statement on  Form S-1  with respect  to the  Common Stock offered
hereby. This Prospectus, which constitutes a part of the Registration Statement,
omits certain of the information contained in the Registration Statement and the
exhibits and  schedules thereto  on file  with the  Commission pursuant  to  the
Securities  Act and the rules and  regulations of the Commission thereunder. For
further information with respect to TeleTech and the Common Stock, reference  is
made  to the Registration Statement and  the exhibits and schedules thereto. The
Registration  Statement,  including  exhibits  and  schedules  thereto,  may  be
inspected  and  copied  at the  public  reference facilities  maintained  by the
Commission, including  at  the Commission's  Public  Reference Room,  450  Fifth
Street,  N.W., Judiciary Plaza, Washington, D.C.  20549, and at the Commission's
Regional Offices at 7 World Trade Center,  Suite 1300, New York, New York  10048
and  Citicorp Center,  500 West  Madison Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago, Illinois
60661. Copies may  be obtained  at prescribed  rates from  the Public  Reference
Section  of  the Commission  as its  principal office  in Washington,  D.C. Such
materials also may be accessed electronically by means of the Commission's  home
page on the Internet at http://www.sec.gov.
 
    Statements  contained in this Prospectus as  to the contents of any contract
or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each  instance
reference  is made to the  copy of such contract or  other documents filed as an
exhibit to the Registration  Statement, each such  statement being qualified  in
its entirety by such reference.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Report of Gumbiner, Savett, Finkel, Fingleson & Rose, Inc. (formerly Gumbiner, Savett, Friedman & Rose,
 Inc.).....................................................................................................        F-2
Report of Arthur Andersen LLP..............................................................................        F-3
Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and
 March 31, 1996............................................................................................        F-4
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Income for the eleven months ended December 31, 1993, the years
 ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996.......................        F-6
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 1994 and 1995....        F-7
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the eleven months ended December 31, 1993, the years
 ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996.......................        F-8
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and
 for the eleven months ended December 31, 1993 and for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996......       F-10
</TABLE>
 
                   ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED
                            AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
              (ALL AMOUNTS PRESENTED IN AUSTRALIAN DOLLARS, "A$")
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Report of Arthur Andersen Chartered Accountants............................................................       F-26
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of February 28, 1995 and December 31, 1995..................................       F-27
Consolidated Profit and Loss Accounts for the year ended February 28, 1995 and the ten months ended
 December 31, 1995.........................................................................................       F-28
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended February 28, 1995 and the ten months ended
 December 31, 1995.........................................................................................       F-29
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended February 28, 1995 and the ten months
 ended December 31, 1995...................................................................................       F-30
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
 
The Board of Directors
TeleTech Holdings, Inc.
Denver, Colorado
 
    We  have audited  the accompanying  combined statements  of income  and cash
flows of TeleTech Telecommunications, Inc. and TeleTech Teleservices, Inc. ("the
Companies") (see Note 1)  for the eleven months  ended December 31, 1993.  These
combined  statements  of income  and cash  flows are  the responsibility  of the
Companies' management.  Our responsibility  is to  express an  opinion on  these
combined statements of income and cash flows based on our audit.
 
    We  conducted  our  audit  in accordance  with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable  assurance about whether  the combined statements  of income and cash
flows are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a  test
basis,   evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  combined
statements of  income and  cash  flows. An  audit  also includes  assessing  the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well
as  evaluating the overall presentation of the combined statements of income and
cash flows.  We believe  that our  audit  provides a  reasonable basis  for  our
opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the combined statements of income and cash flows referred to
above  present fairly, in  all material respects, the  results of the Companies'
operations and cash flows for the eleven months ended
December 31, 1993 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                             GUMBINER, SAVETT, FINKEL, FINGLESON & ROSE, INC.
                             (formerly Gumbiner, Savett, Friedman & Rose, Inc.)
 
Santa Monica, California
April 13, 1994.
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To TeleTech Holdings, Inc.:
 
    We have audited the accompanying consolidated and combined balance sheets of
TELETECH HOLDINGS,  INC.  (a  Delaware  corporation)  and  subsidiaries,  as  of
December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the related consolidated and combined statements
of  income, stockholders' equity and cash flows  for the years then ended. These
financial statements are  the responsibility  of the  Company's management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion  on these financial statements based on
our audits.
 
    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the consolidated and combined financial statements  referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated and combined
financial  position of TeleTech  Holdings, Inc. and  subsidiaries as of December
31, 1994 and 1995, and the results of their operations and their cash flows  for
the   years  then  ended  in   conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.
 
                                                             ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Denver, Colorado,
February 10, 1996.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                    CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31
                                                      ----------------------------
                       ASSETS                             1994           1995
- ----------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------    MARCH 31,      PRO FORMA
                                                                                        1996         MARCH 31,
                                                                                    -------------      1996
                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)   -------------
                                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                                     (NOTE 1)
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.........................  $      37,733  $      42,304  $     728,403
  Short-term investments............................             --     10,361,213      8,203,527
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
   accounts of $172,512, $788,907 and $896,685,
   respectively.....................................      4,298,147      9,786,123     14,280,609
  Prepaids and other assets.........................        201,439        238,022        608,896
  Deposits..........................................        123,883        220,243        432,010
  Deferred tax asset (Note 8).......................             --        485,742        637,720
                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total current assets............................      4,661,202     21,133,647     24,891,165
                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net of accumulated
 depreciation of $3,935,136, $6,059,424 and
 $6,987,766, respectively...........................      5,386,456      9,103,701     16,308,351
                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
OTHER ASSETS:
  Deposits..........................................         53,968             --             --
  Deferred contract costs (Note 1)..................             --        345,978      1,731,234
  Goodwill (net of amortization of $108,000) (Note
   1)...............................................             --             --      6,272,193
  Other assets......................................             --             --        251,297
                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total assets....................................  $  10,101,626  $  30,583,326  $  49,454,240
                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these balance sheets.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                    CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31
                                                           --------------------------
          LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                 1994          1995
- ---------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------   MARCH 31,     PRO FORMA
                                                                                           1996       MARCH 31,
                                                                                       ------------      1996
                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)   ------------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                                       (NOTE 1)
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Bank overdraft.........................................  $    560,490  $  1,427,017  $         --
  Short term borrowings (Note 6).........................       638,635     1,000,000     3,500,000
  Current portion of capital lease obligations
   (Note 4)..............................................       401,001     1,255,966     2,129,440
  Current portion of other long-term debt (Note 5).......       624,483       195,660       189,443
  Current portion of subordinated notes payable to
   stockholder (Note 7)..................................       145,299            --            --
  Accounts payable.......................................     1,442,503     2,604,297     4,820,221
  Accrued employee compensation..........................       962,664     1,742,915     3,452,438
  Other accrued expenses.................................       475,142     1,261,984     4,322,239
  Customer advances and deposits.........................       165,756       292,626       537,282
  Deferred income........................................        25,683        47,699       560,215
                                                           ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total current liabilities............................     5,441,656     9,828,164    19,511,278
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES (Note 8)........................            --       507,365       498,790
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current portion:
  Capital lease obligations (Note 4).....................       911,578     3,192,997     5,408,307
  Subordinated note payable to stockholder
   (Note 7)..............................................       959,038            --            --
  Other debt (Note 5)....................................       592,282       396,618     1,127,846
                                                           ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total liabilities....................................     7,904,554    13,925,144    26,546,221
                                                           ------------  ------------  ------------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 9)
MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK (Notes
 1 and 11):
  $6.45 par value, 1,860,000 shares authorized, zero,
   1,860,000, 1,860,000, and zero shares respectively
   issued and outstanding (including accrued dividends of
   zero, $867,430, $1,078,645 and zero)..................            --    12,867,430    13,078,645            --
                                                           ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Note 1):
  Common stock, $.01 par value, 150,000,000 shares
   authorized, zero, 40,700,000, 41,746,240 and
   51,046,240 shares, respectively issued and
   outstanding...........................................            --       407,000       417,462       510,462
  Common stock of combined entities, no par value
   10,000,000 shares authorized, 127,500, zero, zero and
   zero shares, respectively, issued and outstanding.....        25,000            --            --            --
  Additional paid-in capital.............................            --     1,846,472     7,067,210    20,052,855
  Cumulative translation adjustment......................            --            --       141,095       141,095
  Unearned compensation-restricted stock.................            --            --      (380,000)     (380,000)
  Retained earnings......................................     2,172,072     1,537,280     2,583,607     2,583,607
                                                           ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total stockholders' equity...........................     2,197,072     3,790,752     9,829,374    22,908,019
                                                           ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity...........  $ 10,101,626  $ 30,583,326  $ 49,454,240
                                                           ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                           ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these balance sheets.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                 CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 ELEVEN                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                              MONTHS ENDED   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,               31,
                                              DECEMBER 31,  --------------------------  --------------------------
                                                  1993          1994          1995          1995          1996
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
REVENUES....................................  $ 19,519,593  $ 35,462,172  $ 50,467,490  $ 10,412,306  $ 22,019,345
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
  Costs of services.........................    10,726,189    17,405,789    27,245,961     5,468,962    11,194,498
  Selling, general and administrative
   expenses.................................     7,956,176    15,860,157    18,625,431     4,328,934     8,102,020
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total operating expenses................    18,682,365    33,265,946    45,871,392     9,797,896    19,296,518
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS......................       837,228     2,196,226     4,596,098       614,410     2,722,827
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES):
  Interest expense..........................      (299,552)     (481,516)     (459,589)     (102,912)     (234,013)
  Interest income...........................            --            --       577,350       152,400       111,308
  Other (Note 14)...........................            --            --     2,371,221     2,288,390      (341,278)
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                  (299,552)     (481,516)    2,488,982     2,337,878      (463,983)
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
    Income before income taxes..............       537,676     1,714,710     7,085,080     2,952,288     2,258,844
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES........       (10,000)       19,736     2,928,996     1,324,463     1,001,302
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
    Net income..............................  $    547,676  $  1,694,974  $  4,156,084  $  1,627,825  $  1,257,542
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
SHARES USED IN COMPUTING PRO FORMA NET
 INCOME PER COMMON AND COMMON EQUIVALENT
 SHARE......................................                                54,304,486    54,233,365    54,328,193
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
PRO FORMA NET INCOME PER COMMON AND COMMON
 EQUIVALENT SHARE...........................                                      $.08          $.03          $.02
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
PRO FORMA NET INCOME AND EARNINGS PER COMMON
 SHARE (UNAUDITED)
  (Notes 1 and 8):
    Historical net income before income
     taxes..................................  $    537,676  $  1,714,710
    Historical provision (benefit) for
     income taxes...........................       (10,000)       19,736
    Pro forma income tax effects............       248,996       657,866
                                              ------------  ------------
    Pro forma net income....................  $    298,680  $  1,037,108
                                              ------------  ------------
                                              ------------  ------------
    Pro forma common shares outstanding.....    43,752,831    43,752,831
                                              ------------  ------------
                                              ------------  ------------
    Pro forma earnings per common share.....          $.01          $.02
                                              ------------  ------------
                                              ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
          CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                MANDATORILY
                                                REDEEMABLE,                           STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                                CONVERTIBLE        ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                 PREFERRED                                 COMMON
                                                   STOCK               COMMON STOCK       STOCK OF    ADDITIONAL  CUMULATIVE
                                           ----------------------  --------------------   COMBINED     PAID-IN    TRANSLATION
                                            SHARES      AMOUNT      SHARES     AMOUNT     ENTITIES     CAPITAL    ADJUSTMENT
                                           ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------
<S>                                        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>
BALANCES, January 1, 1994................                                                 $  25,000   $       --   $      --
  Distribution to stockholder............                                                        --           --          --
  Net income.............................                                                        --           --          --
                                                                                         -----------  ----------  -----------
BALANCES, December 31, 1994..............         --  $        --         --  $      --      25,000           --          --
  Issue of Preferred Stock (Note 11).....  1,860,000   12,000,000         --         --          --           --          --
  Adjustment to reclassify retained
   earnings to additional paid in capital
   upon termination of S corporation
   election
   (Note 11).............................         --           --         --         --          --    2,172,072          --
  Stock exchange (Note 1)................         --           --  40,700,000   407,000     (25,000)    (325,600)         --
  Distribution to stockholder............         --           --         --         --          --           --          --
  Net Income.............................         --           --         --         --          --           --          --
  Dividends accrued on Preferred Stock
   (Note 11).............................         --      867,430         --         --          --           --          --
                                           ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------
BALANCES, December 31, 1995..............  1,860,000   12,867,430  40,700,000   407,000          --    1,846,472          --
  Purchase of Access 24 (Note 16)........         --           --    970,240      9,702          --    4,841,498          --
  Cumulative translation adjustments.....         --           --         --         --          --           --     141,095
  Net income.............................         --           --         --         --          --           --          --
  Dividends accrued on Preferred Stock
   (Note 11).............................         --      211,215         --         --          --           --          --
  Issuance of restricted stock for
   compensation..........................         --           --     76,000        760          --      379,240          --
                                           ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------
BALANCES, March 31, 1996 (unaudited).....  1,860,000   13,078,645  41,746,240   417,462          --    7,067,210     141,095
  Pro Forma adjustment to reflect
   conversion of Mandatorily Redeemable
   Preferred Stock to Common Stock (Note
   11)...................................  (1,860,000) (13,078,645) 9,300,000    93,000          --   12,985,645          --
                                           ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------
BALANCES, Pro Forma March 31, 1996
 (unaudited).............................         --  $        --  51,046,240 $ 510,462   $      --   $20,052,855  $ 141,095
                                           ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                              UNEARNED
                                           COMPENSATION-                 TOTAL
                                             RESTRICTED    RETAINED   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                               STOCK       EARNINGS      EQUITY
                                           --------------  ---------  ------------
<S>                                        <C>             <C>        <C>
BALANCES, January 1, 1994................    $       --    $ 917,098   $  942,098
  Distribution to stockholder............            --     (440,000)    (440,000)
  Net income.............................            --    1,694,974    1,694,974
                                           --------------  ---------  ------------
BALANCES, December 31, 1994..............            --    2,172,072    2,197,072
  Issue of Preferred Stock (Note 11).....            --           --           --
  Adjustment to reclassify retained
   earnings to additional paid in capital
   upon termination of S corporation
   election
   (Note 11).............................            --    (2,172,072)          --
  Stock exchange (Note 1)................            --      (56,400)          --
  Distribution to stockholder............            --    (1,694,974)  (1,694,974)
  Net Income.............................            --    4,156,084    4,156,084
  Dividends accrued on Preferred Stock
   (Note 11).............................            --     (867,430)    (867,430)
                                           --------------  ---------  ------------
BALANCES, December 31, 1995..............            --    1,537,280    3,790,752
  Purchase of Access 24 (Note 16)........            --           --    4,851,200
  Cumulative translation adjustments.....            --           --      141,095
  Net income.............................            --    1,257,542    1,257,542
  Dividends accrued on Preferred Stock
   (Note 11).............................            --     (211,215)    (211,215)
  Issuance of restricted stock for
   compensation..........................      (380,000)          --           --
                                           --------------  ---------  ------------
BALANCES, March 31, 1996 (unaudited).....      (380,000)   2,583,607    9,829,374
  Pro Forma adjustment to reflect
   conversion of Mandatorily Redeemable
   Preferred Stock to Common Stock (Note
   11)...................................            --           --   13,078,645
                                           --------------  ---------  ------------
BALANCES, Pro Forma March 31, 1996
 (unaudited).............................    $ (380,000)   $2,583,607  $22,908,019
                                           --------------  ---------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
               CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             ELEVEN                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                          MONTHS ENDED   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,               31,
                                          DECEMBER 31,  --------------------------  --------------------------
                                              1993          1994          1995          1995          1996
                                          ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                       <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income............................  $    547,676  $  1,694,974  $  4,156,084  $  1,627,825  $  1,257,542
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to
   net cash provided by (used in)
   operating activities--
    Depreciation and amortization.......       722,753     1,164,696     2,124,287       435,998     1,047,383
    Allowance for doubtful accounts.....       302,408       (20,381)      616,395        46,545       107,778
    Deferred taxes on income............       (22,000)           --        21,623       212,500      (160,553)
    Changes in assets and liabilities--
      Accounts receivable...............    (4,804,330)    2,288,110    (6,104,371)   (1,466,617)   (3,135,533)
      Prepaids and other assets.........      (162,599)       75,774       (36,583)      (16,080)     (169,594)
      Deposits..........................      (125,144)      (26,327)      (42,392)      (39,872)     (129,853)
      Deferred costs....................            --            --      (345,978)           --    (1,385,256)
      Other assets......................            --            --            --            --       101,871
      Accounts payable..................     2,298,421    (1,860,500)    1,161,794      (234,569)    1,941,473
      Accrued expenses..................       133,076       200,925       786,842     1,725,434     2,012,477
      Accrued employee compensation.....      (129,094)      328,371       780,251     1,122,634     1,344,802
      Customer advances and deposits....       309,863      (213,933)      126,870      (118,868)      244,656
      Deferred income...................       492,350      (466,667)       22,016       675,796       (16,255)
                                          ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
      Net cash provided by (used in)
       operating activities.............      (436,620)    3,165,042     3,266,838     3,970,726     3,060,938
                                          ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchase of property and equipment....    (1,589,609)   (1,932,312)   (1,735,206)     (243,469)   (3,301,426)
  Purchase of Access 24, net of cash
   acquired.............................            --            --            --            --    (2,218,149)
(Increase) decrease in short-term
 investments............................            --            --   (10,361,213)  (11,840,569)    2,499,017
                                          ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
      Net cash used in investing
       activities.......................    (1,589,609)   (1,932,312)  (12,096,419)  (12,084,038)   (3,020,558)
                                          ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
               CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                ELEVEN                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                             MONTHS ENDED   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                31,
                                             DECEMBER 31,  --------------------------  ---------------------------
                                                 1993          1994          1995          1995          1996
                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Net increase (decrease) in bank
   overdraft...............................  $     81,277  $    479,213  $    866,527  $   (540,490) $  (1,572,294)
  Net increase (decrease) in short-term
   borrowings..............................       832,000      (840,365)      361,365      (388,635)     2,500,000
  Payments on long-term debt...............      (157,756)     (418,241)     (624,487)     (113,121)       (47,829)
  Proceeds from long-term debt
   borrowings..............................     1,042,374       475,000            --            --             --
  Payments under capital lease
   obligations.............................       (99,984)     (324,924)     (969,942)     (149,522)      (356,895)
  Payments under subordinated notes payable
   to stockholder..........................       (49,695)     (125,680)   (1,104,337)   (1,104,337)            --
  Distributions to stockholder                         --      (440,000)   (1,694,974)   (1,210,000)            --
  Issuance of preferred stock..............            --            --    12,000,000    12,000,000             --
                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  -------------
      Net cash provided by (used in)
       financing activities................     1,648,216    (1,194,997)    8,834,152     8,493,895        522,982
                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  -------------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash....            --            --            --            --        122,737
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
 EQUIVALENTS...............................      (378,013)       37,733         4,571       360,583        686,099
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of
 period....................................       378,013            --        37,733        37,733         42,304
                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  -------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period...  $         --  $     37,733  $     42,304  $    398,316  $     728,403
                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  -------------
                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  -------------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
  Cash paid for interest...................  $    299,552  $    455,375  $    464,551  $    101,403  $     155,904
                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  -------------
                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  -------------
  Cash paid for income taxes...............  $    108,085  $     13,506  $  2,423,591  $         --  $     525,000
                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  -------------
                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  -------------
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING
 AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Assets acquired through capital leases...  $  2,137,884  $    211,194  $  4,106,326  $  1,589,799  $   1,712,887
                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  -------------
                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  -------------
  Stock issued in purchase of Access 24....  $         --  $         --  $         --  $         --  $   4,851,200
                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  -------------
                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
 
    TeleTech Holdings, Inc. ("THI" or the "Company") is a provider of outsourced
strategic  customer  care solutions  for Fortune  1000 corporations  in targeted
industries in  the United  States, United  Kingdom, Australia  and New  Zealand.
Customer  care encompasses a  wide range of  customer acquisition, retention and
satisfaction  programs  designed   to  maximize  the   lifetime  value  of   the
relationship between the Company's clients and their customers.
 
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    The  consolidated financial statements are comprised  of the accounts of THI
and  its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries,  TeleTech  Telecommunications,  Inc.,   a
California   corporation  ("TTC"),  TeleTech   Teleservices,  Inc.,  a  Colorado
corporation ("TTS") and effective  January 1, 1996,  Access 24 and  subsidiaries
(Note  16), (jointly "the Group"). Prior to January 1, 1995, the Group comprised
TTC and  TTS,  held under  the  common ownership  of  a sole  stockholder  ("the
Stockholder").  Financial statements  for 1993  and 1994  represent the combined
financial statements of TTC and TTS.
 
    In January  1995, a  Preferred Stock  Purchase Agreement  and an  Investment
Agreement  (collectively the  "Agreements") were executed  by TeleTech Investors
General Partnership ("TIGP"), Essaness Theaters Corporation ("Essaness") and the
Stockholder. The Stockholder of  TTC and TTS contributed  100% of his shares  in
these  companies to  THI, a newly  formed Delaware corporation,  in exchange for
40,700,000 shares  of  THI's  common  stock, which  constituted  100%  of  THI's
outstanding  stock.  Concurrent  with  this stock  exchange,  TIGP  and Essaness
purchased an aggregate of 1,860,000 shares of THI's convertible preferred  stock
("Preferred   Stock")  for  $12  million.   The  Preferred  Stock  is  initially
convertible into 9,300,000  shares of  THI's common  stock (Note  11). TIGP  and
Essaness  purchased  1,705,000  and  155,000  shares  of  the  Preferred  Stock,
respectively.  The  Agreements  also  required  THI  to  enter  into  employment
agreements  with key executives, to obtain key man life and disability insurance
policies and to adopt a stock option plan for key employees.
 
    The exchange of stock constituted a reorganization of entities under  common
control  and the  assets and  liabilities of  TTC and  TTS are  reflected in the
consolidated financial statements of THI based  on their historical cost to  TTC
and TTS.
 
    All  intercompany  balances and  transactions  have been  eliminated  in the
consolidated and combined financial statements.
 
    UNAUDITED PRO FORMA INFORMATION
 
    If the offering contemplated by this  Prospectus is consummated, all of  the
Preferred Stock outstanding at the closing date will be converted into shares of
Common Stock ("Common Stock"). The unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of March
31,  1996, reflects the  conversion of outstanding Preferred  Stock at March 31,
1996 into 9,300,000 shares of Common Stock.
 
    INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The consolidated financial statements of THI  as of March 31, 1995 and  1996
presented  herein have been prepared by THI without audit, pursuant to the rules
and regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  The  financial
statements   reflect  all  adjustments  (consisting  of  only  normal  recurring
accruals) which, in the opinion of  management, are necessary to present  fairly
the  financial  position,  results  of  operations and  cash  flows  of  THI and
subsidiaries as of March 31, 1995 and 1996, and for the periods then ended.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
 
    The assets  and  liabilities of  the  Company's foreign  subsidiaries  whose
functional currency is other than the U.S. Dollar are translated at the exchange
rates in effect on the reporting date, and income and expenses are translated at
the  weighted  average  exchange  rate  during the  period.  The  net  effect of
translation gains and losses are not included in determining net income, but are
accumulated as a  separate component of  shareholders' equity. Foreign  currency
transaction  gains and losses are included in determining net income. Such gains
and losses were not material for any period presented.
 
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment  are stated  at cost  less accumulated  depreciation.
Additions,  improvements,  and  major  renewals  are  capitalized.  Maintenance,
repairs, and minor renewals are expensed as incurred. Amounts paid for  software
licenses  and third-party packaged  software are capitalized.  Costs relating to
the internal development of software are expensed as incurred.
 
    Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method based on the  estimated
useful lives of the assets, as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>
Computer equipment and software...........................................    5 years
Telephone equipment.......................................................    5 years
Furniture and fixtures....................................................  5-7 years
Leasehold improvements....................................................  5-7 years
Vehicles..................................................................    5 years
</TABLE>
 
    Assets  acquired under capital lease obligations are amortized over the life
of the applicable lease of four to seven years (or the estimated useful lives of
the assets, of four to seven years,  where title to the leased assets passes  to
the Company on termination of the lease).
 
    REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    The  Company recognizes  revenues at  the time  services are  performed. The
Company has certain contracts which are billed in advance. Accordingly,  amounts
billed  but  not earned  under these  contracts are  excluded from  revenues and
included in deferred income.
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
    Research and development costs are  charged to operations when incurred  and
are  included in operating expenses. Research  and development costs amounted to
approximately $430,000, $684,000,  $458,000, $108,000  (unaudited) and  $102,000
(unaudited)  for  the eleven  months ended  December 31,  1993, the  years ended
December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the three-month periods ended March 31, 1995 and
1996, respectively.
 
    DEFERRED CONTRACT COST
 
    The Company defers certain incremental  direct costs incurred in  connection
with  preparing  to  provide  services  under  long-term  facilities  management
agreements. Costs that have been deferred include the costs of hiring  dedicated
personnel  to manage  client-owned facilities,  their related  payroll and other
directly  associated  costs  from  the  time  long-term  facilities   management
agreements  are entered  into until  the beginning  of providing  services. Such
costs  are   amortized  over   twelve  months.   Deferred  contract   costs   at
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
December  31, 1995  and March  31, 1996 include  costs incurred  in preparing to
provide services under  a five  year agreement  entered into  in October,  1995,
under which the Company began providing services during April 1996.
 
    INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
    The  excess of cost  over the fair  market value of  tangible net assets and
trademarks of acquired businesses is amortized on a straight-line basis over the
periods of expected benefit of 15 years. Accumulated amortization of  intangible
assets   for  the  three-month  period  ended   March  31,  1996,  was  $108,000
(unaudited). No amortization expense was recorded in prior periods.
 
    Subsequent to an acquisition, the corporation continually evaluates  whether
later  events  and  circumstances  have  occurred  that  indicate  the remaining
estimated useful life of  an intangible asset may  warrant revision or that  the
remaining  balance of an  intangible asset may not  be recoverable. When factors
indicate that an intangible asset  should be evaluated for possible  impairment,
the  corporation uses an  estimate of the  related business' undiscounted future
cash flows  over  the remaining  life  of the  asset  in measuring  whether  the
intangible asset is recoverable. Management does not consider that any provision
for impairment of intangible assets is required.
 
    INCOME TAXES
 
    The  Company accounts for income taxes  under the provisions of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards  No. 109,  "Accounting for  Income Taxes"  ("SFAS
109")  which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the
expected future income tax consequences of transactions which have been included
in the financial  statements or  tax returns.  Under this  method, deferred  tax
assets  and  liabilities  are determined  based  on the  difference  between the
financial statement and tax  bases of assets and  liabilities using enacted  tax
rates  in effect for the year in  which the differences are expected to reverse.
Net deferred tax assets  are then reduced by  a valuation allowance for  amounts
which do not satisfy the realization criteria of SFAS 109.
 
    During  1993 and 1994, TTC and TTS  were S corporations and their income was
taxable to the Stockholder rather than the companies. Effective January 1, 1995,
S corporation status terminated and THI  and its domestic subsidiaries began  to
file  consolidated corporate  Federal and state  income tax  returns (Access 24,
(Note 16) will file separate tax returns in Australia). As required by SFAS 109,
this change in tax status was recognized by establishing deferred tax assets and
liabilities for temporary differences between the tax basis and amounts reported
in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet (Note 8).
 
    EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
    Earnings per share are  computed based upon the  weighted average number  of
common   shares  and  common  share   equivalents  outstanding.  The  shares  of
convertible Preferred Stock are considered  common stock equivalents due to  the
mandatory  conversion provision (Note  11). Pursuant to  Securities and Exchange
Commission Staff  Accounting Bulletin  No.  83, common  stock and  common  stock
equivalent  shares  issued by  the Company  at prices  below the  assumed public
offering price during  the twelve month  period prior to  the proposed  offering
date  (using the treasury stock method) have been included in the calculation as
if they were  outstanding for all  the periods presented  regardless of  whether
they  are antidilutive.  On May 14,  1996, the  Company approved a  five for one
share  common  stock  split  to  be  effective  immediately  prior  and  subject
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
to  the closing  of the  offering contemplated  by this  Registration Statement.
Common stock amounts, equivalent share amounts  and per share amounts have  been
adjusted retroactively to give effect to the stock split.
 
    The  weighted average number  of common shares  and common share equivalents
was calculated as follows assuming the anticipated five-for-one stock split:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                                                        YEAR ENDED              31,
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,  --------------------------
                                                                           1995          1995          1996
                                                                       ------------  ------------  ------------
                                       PRO FORMA ELEVEN   PRO FORMA
                                         MONTHS ENDED     YEAR ENDED
                                         DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                             1993            1994
                                       ----------------  ------------
                                         (UNAUDITED)     (UNAUDITED)                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                    <C>               <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Common shares outstanding............      40,700,000     40,700,000    40,700,000     40,700,000    41,746,240
Convertible preferred stock..........              --             --     9,300,000      9,300,000     9,300,000
Common equivalent shares.............       3,052,831      3,052,831     4,304,486      4,233,365     3,281,953
                                       ----------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Shares used in computing pro forma
 net income per common and common
 equivalent share....................      43,752,831     43,752,831    54,304,486     54,233,365    54,328,193
                                       ----------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                       ----------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
    For comparative purposes, the earnings per share for 1993 and 1994 have been
calculated on a  pro-forma basis  as the historical  earnings per  share is  not
meaningful due to the Company reorganization on January 1, 1995.
 
    A  portion of the proceeds from the proposed public offering will be used to
repay short-term borrowings.  If this reduction  had taken place  at January  1,
1995  or  January 1,  1996, the  effect on  pro forma  earnings would  have been
immaterial.
 
    INCREASE IN AUTHORIZED SHARES
 
    On May  14, 1996,  the Board  of Directors  authorized an  amendment to  the
Company's  Certificate of Incorporation that will  be effective upon the closing
of the proposed  public offering of  the Company's Common  Stock. The  amendment
increases  the  authorized shares  of Common  Stock  to 150,000,000  shares. The
amendment also  authorizes the  Company  to issue  up  to 10,000,000  shares  of
preferred stock.
 
    RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS
 
    In  January  1996,  the  Company awarded  76,000  restricted  shares  of the
Company's common stock to  certain employees as compensation  to be earned  over
the  term of  the employees'  related employment  agreements (three  years). The
market value of the  stock at the  date of award was  $380,000. This amount  has
been  recorded  as  unearned compensation-restricted  stock  and is  shown  as a
separate component of stockholders' equity.
 
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    For the purposes of the statement  of cash flows, the Company considers  all
cash  and investments with  an original maturity of  90 days or  less to be cash
equivalents.
 
    USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions   that    affect    the    reported   amounts    of    assets    and
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
liabilities  and disclosure of contingent assets  and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during
the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
    NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
 
    In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 121,
"Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to
be  Disposed  Of."  SFAS  121  requires  that  long-lived  assets  and   certain
identifiable  intangibles  to be  held and  used  by an  entity be  reviewed for
impairment whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the
carrying  amount of an asset  may not be recoverable.  SFAS 121 is effective for
financial statements for  fiscal years  beginning after December  15, 1995.  The
adoption  of  SFAS  121  on January  1,  1996  had no  impact  on  the Company's
consolidated financial position or results of operations.
 
    In October 1995, the  Financial Accounting Standards  Board issued SFAS  No.
123.  "Accounting for Stock  Based Compensation." With  respect to stock options
granted to  employees, SFAS  No. 123  permits companies  to continue  using  the
accounting  method promulgated by the Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25
("APB  No.  25"),  "Accounting  for  Stock  Issued  to  Employees,"  to  measure
compensation or to adopt the fair value based method prescribed by SFAS No. 123.
If  APB No. 25's method  is continued, pro forma  disclosures are required as if
SFAS No. 123 accounting provisions were followed. Management has determined  not
to adopt SFAS No. 123's accounting recognition provisions (Note 12).
 
(2) CONCENTRATIONS
    The  Company's revenues from  major customers (revenues in  excess of 10% of
total sales) are from entities  involved in the telecommunications,  technology,
transportation, healthcare and financial services industries and for the periods
ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     THREE MONTHS
                                   ELEVEN         YEAR ENDED             ENDED
                                MONTHS ENDED     DECEMBER 31,          MARCH 31,
                                DECEMBER 31,   -----------------   -----------------
                                    1993        1994      1995      1995      1996
                                ------------   -------   -------   -------   -------
                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                             <C>            <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Customer A....................          23%       18%       31%       33%       22%
Customer B....................          --         5%       18%       24%        6%
Customer C....................          21%       17%        9%       13%        6%
Customer D....................          --        13%       --        --        --
Customer E....................          18%       --        --        --        --
Customer F....................           0%        0%        3%        0%       13%
                                        --        --        --        --        --
                                        62%       53%       61%       70%       47%
                                        --        --        --        --        --
                                        --        --        --        --        --
</TABLE>
 
    The  loss of one or more of  its significant customers could have a material
adverse effect  on  the  Company's  business,  operating  results  or  financial
condition.
 
    To  limit  the Company's  credit  risk, management  performs  ongoing credit
evaluations  of  its   customers  and  maintains   allowances  for   potentially
uncollectible    accounts.   Although   the   Company   is   directly   impacted
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(2) CONCENTRATIONS (CONTINUED)
by economic conditions  in the  telecommunications, technology,  transportation,
healthcare  and  financial  services  industries,  management  does  not believe
significant credit risk exists at December 31, 1995 or at March 31, 1996.
 
    GEOGRAPHIC AREA INFORMATION
 
    Prior to the acquisition of Access 24 in January 1996 (Note 16), the Company
operated  exclusively  within  the  United  States.  Unaudited  geographic  area
information for the three months ended March 31, 1996 is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        UNITED STATES     EUROPE     ASIA PACIFIC       TOTAL
                                                        -------------  ------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>
Revenues..............................................  $  18,680,313  $    476,576  $   2,862,456  $  22,019,345
Income (loss) before income taxes.....................      2,054,659       (86,676)       290,861      2,258,844
Assets................................................     37,317,780     1,794,743     10,341,717     49,454,240
</TABLE>
 
(3) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
    Property  and equipment consisted of the  following at December 31, 1994 and
1995, and March 31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                      ----------------------------
                                                                          1994           1995
                                                                      -------------  -------------    MARCH 31,
                                                                                                        1996
                                                                                                    -------------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>
Computer equipment and software.....................................  $   5,848,105  $   9,807,113  $  11,197,300
Telephone equipment.................................................      1,105,246      1,219,642      1,851,831
Furniture and fixtures..............................................      1,507,171      2,938,478      5,307,555
Leasehold improvements..............................................        861,070      1,197,892      4,915,141
Vehicles............................................................             --             --         24,290
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                          9,321,592     15,163,125     23,296,117
Less--Accumulated depreciation......................................     (3,935,136)    (6,059,424)    (6,987,766)
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                      $   5,386,456  $   9,103,701  $  16,308,351
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
    Included in the cost of property  and equipment above is equipment  obtained
through  capitalized  leases.  The following  is  a summary  of  equipment under
capital leases as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and March 31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        ---------------------------
                                                                            1994          1995
                                                                        ------------  -------------    MARCH 31,
                                                                                                         1996
                                                                                                     -------------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                     <C>           <C>            <C>
Computer equipment and software.......................................  $    726,569  $   3,227,113  $   4,166,995
Telephone equipment...................................................       282,969        310,295        737,314
Furniture and fixtures................................................       847,984      2,038,597      3,854,957
Vehicles..............................................................            --             --          1,811
                                                                        ------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                           1,857,522      5,576,005      8,761,077
Less--Accumulated depreciation........................................      (556,704)    (1,291,704)    (1,073,018)
                                                                        ------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                        $  1,300,818  $   4,284,301  $   7,688,059
                                                                        ------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                        ------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(3) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED)
    Depreciation expense related  to leased equipment  under capital leases  was
$109,556,  $409,518, $984,597, $77,947 (unaudited)  and $312,265 (unaudited) for
the eleven months ended December 31, 1993, the years ended December 31, 1994 and
1995, and the three-month periods ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
(4) CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS
    On July 11,  1995, the Company  negotiated a master  lease agreement with  a
bank  under which it may lease equipment up  to a value of $8,000,000. As of May
13, 1996,  the master  lease has  been amended  to increase  the lease  line  to
$15,000,000. The term of the leases are 48 months and interest is payable at the
then  most recent  weekly average  of three-year  Treasury notes  plus 125 basis
points. In August 1995, the Company entered into another master lease  agreement
with  a bank under which it may lease equipment. Under the agreement, individual
lease terms are negotiated on a lease by lease basis. Subsequent to December 31,
1995, the Company  entered into several  leases under this  agreement which  are
being accounted for as operating leases (See Note 9).
 
    The  Company finances  a substantial portion  of its  property and equipment
under noncancelable capital  lease obligations. Accordingly,  the fair value  of
the  equipment has  been capitalized  and the  related obligation  recorded. The
average implicit interest rate  on these leases was  8.9% at December 31,  1995.
Interest  is charged to expense  at a level rate  applied to declining principal
over the period of the obligation.
 
    The future minimum lease payments under capitalized lease obligations as  of
December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                          1995
                                                                                      -------------    MARCH 31,
                                                                                                         1996
                                                                                                     -------------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                   <C>            <C>
Year ending December 31--
  1996..............................................................................  $   1,658,828  $   2,159,825
  1997..............................................................................      1,594,470      2,608,577
  1998..............................................................................      1,246,793      2,116,303
  1999..............................................................................        570,519      1,217,108
  2000..............................................................................         54,875        211,443
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                          5,125,485      8,313,256
  Less--Amount representing interest................................................       (676,522)      (775,509)
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                          4,448,963      7,537,747
  Less--Current portion of capital lease obligations................................     (1,255,966)    (2,129,440)
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                      $   3,192,997  $   5,408,307
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
    Interest  expense  on  the  outstanding obligations  under  such  leases was
$39,981, $160,483, $312,653,  $73,350 (unaudited) and  $135,524 (unaudited)  for
the eleven months ended December 31, 1993, the years ended December 31, 1994 and
1995, and the three-month periods ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(5) LONG-TERM DEBT
    As  of  December  31, 1994  and  1995  and March  31,  1996,  long-term debt
consisted of the following (unsecured unless otherwise stated):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          --------------------------
                                                                              1994          1995
                                                                          ------------  ------------   MARCH 31,
                                                                                                          1996
                                                                                                      ------------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
Note payable, interest at 8% per annum, principal and interest payable
 monthly at $3,594, maturing May 2000...................................  $    189,177  $    160,131  $    152,500
Note payable, collateralized by all of the assets of TTS, interest
 payable monthly at 6% per annum, principal due July 1995...............       350,000            --            --
Note payable, interest at 6% per annum, principal and interest payable
 monthly at $4,563, maturing January 1997...............................       106,989        57,297        44,403
Note payable, interest at 13% per annum, principal and interest payable
 monthly at $9,266, maturing April 1995.................................        95,599            --            --
Note payable, interest at 6% per annum, principal and interest payable
 monthly at $3,598, maturing June 1997..................................       100,000        61,786        51,869
Note payable, interest at 5% per annum, principal and interest payable
 monthly at $7,077, maturing January 2000...............................       375,000       313,064       295,675
Note payable to a bank, interest at 8-9% per annum, principal payable
 annually at $154,568 maturing September 2000, secured by an equitable
 mortgage over all assets and uncalled capital of Access 24.............            --            --       772,842
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                             1,216,765       592,278     1,317,289
  Less--Current portion.................................................      (624,483)     (195,660)     (189,443)
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          $    592,282  $    396,618  $  1,127,846
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    Annual maturities of the long-term debt described above are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                           1995
                                                                                       ------------   MARCH 31,
                                                                                                         1996
                                                                                                     ------------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                    <C>           <C>
Year ended December 31--
  1996 (March 31, 1996 - 9 months)...................................................   $  195,660   $    147,831
  1997...............................................................................      134,324        288,892
  1998...............................................................................      115,210        269,778
  1999...............................................................................      122,278        276,846
  2000...............................................................................       24,806        179,372
  Thereafter.........................................................................           --        154,570
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
                                                                                        $  592,278   $  1,317,289
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(6) SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
    On June 23, 1994, TTC entered into a revolving line of credit agreement (the
"Credit Agreement") with  a bank under  which it could  borrow up to  $3,000,000
through June 30, 1995. Initial borrowings under this line of credit were used to
retire  TTC's previous line of credit. Interest is payable monthly at the bank's
prime rate plus 1.75% (10.25% at December 31, 1994).
 
    On April 12, 1995, the Company negotiated a new unsecured revolving line  of
credit  agreement with  the bank  under which  it may  borrow up  to $5,000,000.
Interest is payable at various interest rates. The borrowings can be made at (1)
the bank's prime rate, (2) a CD rate  plus 125 basis points for periods of 7  to
90  days with  minimum advances of  $500,000 with $100,000  increments, (3) LIBO
rate plus 125 basis points for borrowing periods of 1, 2, 3 or 6 months, or  (4)
agreed  upon  rates.  At  December  31, 1995  and  March  31,  1996,  the amount
outstanding under this facility was $1,000,000 and $3,500,000, respectively, and
is classified as short-term.
 
    In April  1996, the  Company was  granted  an increased  line of  credit  of
$15,000,000  through  May  1998.  The  terms of  this  line  of  credit remained
unchanged from the previous $5,000,000 line of credit.
 
    The Company  is required  to comply  with certain  minimum financial  ratios
under covenants in connection with the borrowings described above.
 
(7) SUBORDINATED NOTES PAYABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDER
    At  December 31,  1994 subordinated  notes payable  to the  Stockholder with
interest at  8% per  annum amounted  to $1,104,337,  of which  $145,299 was  due
within one year.
 
    These notes payable were subordinated to the long-term debt (Note 5) and the
short-term  borrowings (Note 6) as specified  in the credit agreements. Interest
incurred on indebtedness to the  stockholder amounted to approximately  $91,000,
$96,000,  $11,000, $11,000 (unaudited) and $0  (unaudited) for the eleven months
ended December 31, 1993,  the years ended  December 31, 1994  and 1995, and  the
three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
    In February 1995, in conjunction with the Company's reorganization and stock
sale (Note 1), the Company paid in full these subordinated notes payable.
 
(8) INCOME TAXES
    As  stated in  Note 1,  TTC and  TTS terminated  their S  corporation status
effective January  1,  1995.  This  change  in  tax  status  was  recognized  by
establishing net deferred tax liabilities of approximately $212,000 on that date
for  temporary  differences  between  tax  basis  and  amounts  reported  in the
accompanying combined balance sheets of TTC  and TTS. The current provision  for
income  taxes for 1994 and  for the 11 months  ended December 31, 1993, reflects
only amounts payable to certain state tax jurisdictions that do not recognize  S
corporation  status. Beginning in  1995, THI and  its domestic subsidiaries will
file consolidated  corporate federal  and state  income tax  returns. Access  24
(Note  17) will file separate  tax returns in the  various countries in which it
provides services.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(8) INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    The components of income before income taxes are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              THREE MONTHS
                                                                   YEAR ENDED                    ENDED
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,                 MARCH 31,
                                                           --------------------------  --------------------------
                                                               1994          1995          1995          1996
                                                           ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                               ELEVEN
                                            MONTHS ENDED
                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                1993
                                            -------------
                                             (UNAUDITED)                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                         <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Domestic..................................   $   537,676   $  1,714,710  $  7,085,080  $  2,952,288  $  2,054,659
Foreign...................................            --             --            --            --       204,185
                                            -------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Total.....................................   $   537,676   $  1,714,710  $  7,085,080  $  2,952,288  $  2,258,844
                                            -------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                            -------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                                                          YEAR ENDED              31,
                                                                         DECEMBER 31,  --------------------------
                                                                             1995          1995          1996
                                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>
Current provision:
  Federal..............................................................   $2,472,925   $    952,940  $    942,658
  State................................................................      433,813        159,023       145,691
  Foreign..............................................................           --             --        73,506
                                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                           2,906,738      1,111,963     1,161,855
                                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------
Deferred provision:
  Federal..............................................................     (153,610)            --      (132,761)
  State................................................................      (36,632)            --       (27,792)
                                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                            (190,242)            --      (160,553)
Change in tax status from S corporation to C corporation...............      212,500        212,500            --
                                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          $2,928,996   $  1,324,463  $  1,001,302
                                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    The following reconciles  the Company's  effective tax rate  to the  federal
statutory  rate for the  year ended December  31, 1995 and  for the three months
ended March 31, 1995 and 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                                                          YEAR ENDED              31,
                                                                         DECEMBER 31,  --------------------------
                                                                             1995          1995          1996
                                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>
Income tax expense per federal statutory rate..........................   $2,408,927   $  1,003,778  $    768,007
State income taxes, net of federal deduction...........................      262,139         98,687       111,813
Effect of change in tax status from S corporation to C corporation.....      212,500        212,500            --
Permanent differences..................................................       37,210          9,498       114,482
Environmental tax......................................................        8,220             --            --
Foreign income taxed at higher rate....................................           --             --         7,000
                                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          $2,928,996   $  1,324,463  $  1,001,302
                                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(8) INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    The Company's deferred income tax  assets and liabilities are summarized  as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       YEAR ENDED
                                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                          1995
                                                                                      ------------  THREE MONTHS
                                                                                                     ENDED MARCH
                                                                                                      31, 1996
                                                                                                    -------------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                   <C>           <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts...................................................   $  178,068    $   292,496
  Vacation accrual..................................................................      307,674        345,224
                                                                                      ------------  -------------
                                                                                          485,742        637,720
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Excess depreciation for tax.......................................................     (507,365)      (498,790)
                                                                                      ------------  -------------
Net deferred income tax (liability) asset...........................................   $  (21,623)   $   138,930
                                                                                      ------------  -------------
                                                                                      ------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
    A  valuation allowance has not been recorded as the Company expects that all
deferred tax assets will be realized in the future.
 
    The combined statement of income for 1993 and 1994 presents, on an unaudited
pro forma  basis,  net  income  as  if the  Company  had  filed  consolidated  C
corporation  federal and state income  tax returns for that  year. The pro forma
tax effects assume that the deferred tax assets established effective January 1,
1995, as described above, would have been provided for as the related  temporary
differences arose. The pro forma provision for income taxes for 1993 and 1994 is
reconciled  to the amount computed by applying the statutory federal tax rate to
income before taxes as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 UNAUDITED
                                                                                          ------------------------
                                                                                             1993         1994
                                                                                          (PRO FORMA)  (PRO FORMA)
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                                                            AMOUNT       AMOUNT
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                       <C>          <C>
Income tax expense per federal statutory rate...........................................   $ 182,810    $ 583,001
State income taxes, net of federal deduction............................................      23,410       81,491
Permanent differences...................................................................      32,776       13,110
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
  Total pro forma provision for income taxes............................................     238,996      677,602
Historical provision (benefit) for income taxes.........................................     (10,000)      19,736
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
Pro forma tax effects...................................................................   $ 248,996    $ 657,866
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
(9) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    The Company leases its premises in Sherman Oaks and Burbank, California  and
Denver, Colorado pursuant to agreements expiring through 2003. The monthly rents
are subject to certain operating expenses and real estate taxes.
 
    The  Company has  various operating leases  for equipment  and office space.
Lease expense  under operating  leases was  approximately $626,000,  $1,366,000,
$442,000,  $88,000 (unaudited) and  $118,000 (unaudited), for  the eleven months
ended December 31, 1993,  the years ended  December 31, 1994  and 1995, and  the
three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(9) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
    The  future minimum  rental payments required  under noncancelable operating
leases as of December 31, 1995, and March 31, 1996, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                           1995
                                                                                       -------------   MARCH 31,
                                                                                                          1996
                                                                                                      ------------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                    <C>            <C>
Year ended December 31--
  1996...............................................................................  $   2,611,341  $  1,494,490
  1997...............................................................................      2,202,442     1,982,791
  1998...............................................................................      1,877,301     1,946,135
  1999...............................................................................      1,773,350     1,645,375
  2000...............................................................................        768,452       347,356
  Thereafter.........................................................................      1,974,493       302,900
                                                                                       -------------  ------------
                                                                                       $  11,207,379  $  7,719,047
                                                                                       -------------  ------------
                                                                                       -------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
(10) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
    The Company has a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan which covers all employees  who
have  completed  one  year  of  service,  as  defined,  and  are  21  or  older.
Participants may  defer up  to 19%  of their  gross pay  up to  a maximum  limit
determined by law. Participants are always 100% vested in their contributions.
 
    The  Company  may make  discretionary contributions  to  the plan  which are
distributed to participants in accordance with the plan. Participants are vested
in these contributions at a  rate of 20% per year.  For the eleven months  ended
December  31, 1993 and the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, the Company's
contributions to  the plan  were $40,000,  $64,000 and  $131,000,  respectively.
There  were no contributions  made during the  periods ended March  31, 1995 and
1996.
 
(11) MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
    In January,  1995,  the  Company  issued  1,860,000  shares  of  convertible
preferred  stock, $6.45  par value,  at $6.45  per share  for gross  proceeds of
$12,000,000. The Company used  the funds for the  repayment of certain notes  as
well as for working capital requirements.
 
    Preferred  Stock is  initially convertible  at the  option of  the preferred
stockholders, into 9,300,000 shares  of common stock. This  number of shares  of
common  stock is  subject to  adjustment in  the event  of certain  issuances of
common stock,  excluding up  to 7,000,000  shares of  common stock  that may  be
issued  upon exercise  of stock options,  to ensure  that preferred stockholders
maintain ownership of 16.9%  of the common  stock on a  fully diluted basis  (as
adjusted pursuant to the Company's Certificate of Incorporation).
 
    In  the event that  preferred stockholders do  not exercise their conversion
rights set out above, the preferred stock  converts to common stock at the  rate
set  out  above, at  the  earlier of  the  consummation of  a  qualified initial
offering of shares  to the public  (as defined in  the Company's Certificate  of
Incorporation) or May 18, 2002.
 
    In  the event that the  holders of Preferred Stock  have not exercised their
conversion rights prior  to May 18,  2002, they are  entitled to either  convert
their Preferred Stock to shares of common stock or redeem their shares for cash.
Such  conversion  is to  provide an  internal  rate of  return to  the Preferred
Stockholders of 7% per annum. Accordingly, dividends are accrued cumulatively at
the rate of 0.5833% per month.
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(12) STOCK OPTION PLANS
    The Company adopted a stock option plan during 1995 and amended and restated
the plan in January  1996, for directors,  officers, employees, consultants  and
independent  contractors. The plan reserves 7,000,000 shares of common stock and
permits the  award  of incentive  stock  options ("ISOs"),  other  non-qualified
options ("NSOs"), stock appreciation rights ("SARs") and restricted stock. Under
the terms of this plan, the purchase price of shares subject to each ISO granted
must  not  be  less  than the  fair  market  value  on the  date  of  grant. The
compensation committee of the Board of  Directors has complete discretion as  to
exercise  prices of all  other awards, including  NSOs. Outstanding options vest
over a three or five-year period and are exercisable for ten years from the date
of grant.
 
    In January, 1996, the Company adopted  a stock option plan for  non-employee
directors  (the "Director Plan"),  covering 750,000 shares  of common stock. All
options are to be  granted at fair  market value at the  date of grant.  Options
vest as of the date of the option and are not exercisable until six months after
the  option date. Options granted are exercisable for ten years from the date of
grant unless  a  participant  is  terminated  for cause  or  one  year  after  a
participant's  death.  Options to  purchase 237,500  shares were  outstanding at
March 31, 1996.
 
    STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS NO. 123 ("SFAS 123")
 
    During 1995,  the  Financial Accounting  Standards  Board issued  SFAS  123,
"Accounting  for Stock  Based Compensation,"  which defines  a fair  value based
method of accounting for an employee  stock option or similar equity  instrument
and  encourages all entities to adopt that method of accounting for all of their
employee stock compensation plans. However, it also allows an entity to continue
to measure compensation  cost for  those plans  using the  method of  accounting
prescribed  by  the  Accounting  Principles Board  Opinion  No.  25  ("APB 25"),
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees." Entities electing to remain with the
accounting in APB 25 must make pro forma disclosures of net income and  earnings
per  share, as  if the  fair value  based method  of accounting  defined in this
Statement has been applied.
 
    The Company has elected  to account for  its stock-based compensation  plans
under  APB  25;  however,  the Company  has  computed  for  pro-forma disclosure
purposes the value of all options granted  during 1995 and in the quarter  ended
March  31, 1996, using  the Black-Scholes option pricing  model as prescribed by
SFAS 123 and the following weighted average assumptions used for grants:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                       <C>
Risk-free interest rate.................................................       6.34%
Expected dividend yield.................................................          0%
Expected lives..........................................................  4.48 years
Expected volatility.....................................................         59%
</TABLE>
 
    Options were assumed to  be exercised upon vesting  for the purpose of  this
valuation.  Adjustments are  made for  options forfeited  prior to  vesting. The
total value of  options granted  was computed  to be  the following  approximate
amounts,  which would  be amortized  on a straight  line basis  over the vesting
period of the options:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>
Year ended December 31, 1995..............................................  $ 340,727
Three months ended March 31, 1996 (unaudited).............................  $ 335,010
</TABLE>
 
    If the Company had  accounted for these plans  in accordance with SFAS  123,
the  Company's net  income and pro  forma net  income per share  would have been
reported as follows:
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(12) STOCK OPTION PLANS (CONTINUED)
    NET INCOME
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       YEAR ENDED
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          1995
                                                                      ------------  THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                      MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                    -------------------
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                   <C>           <C>
As Reported.........................................................   $4,156,084      $   1,257,542
Pro Forma...........................................................    3,815,357            922,532
</TABLE>
 
    PRO FORMA NET INCOME PER COMMON AND COMMON EQUIVALENT SHARE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        YEAR ENDED
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                           1995
                                                                      ---------------    THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                           MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                       -----------------------
                                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                   <C>              <C>
As Reported.........................................................     $     .08            $     .02
Pro Forma...........................................................     $     .07            $     .02
</TABLE>
 
    A summary of the status of the Company's two stock option plans at March 31,
1996 and December 31, 1995 together  with changes during the periods then  ended
are presented in the following table:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                YEAR ENDED           THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                             DECEMBER 31, 1995         MARCH 31, 1996
                                                          -----------------------  -----------------------
                                                                       WEIGHTED                 WEIGHTED
                                                                        AVERAGE                  AVERAGE
                                                                       PRICE PER                PRICE PER
                                                            SHARES       SHARE       SHARES       SHARE
                                                          ----------  -----------  ----------  -----------
<S>                                                       <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
Outstanding at beginning of period......................          --                2,355,000   $    1.90
Grants during period....................................   2,355,000   $    1.90      803,440   $    5.25
                                                          ----------               ----------
Outstanding at end of period............................   2,355,000   $    1.90    3,158,440   $    2.75
                                                          ----------               ----------
                                                          ----------               ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The  following table sets forth the  exercise price range, number of shares,
weighted average exercise  price and  remaining contractual lives  by groups  of
similar price and grant date:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                WEIGHTED
                                                 AVERAGE
   EXERCISE     NUMBER OF      WEIGHTED        CONTRACTUAL
 PRICE RANGE      SHARES     AVERAGE PRICE        LIFE
- --------------  ----------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>             <C>         <C>              <C>
$ 1.29 - $1.30   1,400,000     $    1.29               10
$            2     405,000     $    2.00               10
$       3 - $5   1,303,440     $    4.31               10
$            9      50,000     $    9.00               10
</TABLE>
 
   
    Subsequent to March 31, 1996, THI granted an additional 1,879,640 options at
a weighted average price of $8.98.
    
 
(13) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
    Fair  values of  cash equivalents and  other current  amounts receivable and
payable approximate  the  carrying  amounts  due  to  their  short-term  nature.
Short-term  investments  consist of  overnight deposits  in mutual  funds. These
funds hold  short-term  investments  which  include  primarily  U.S.  Government
Treasury
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(13) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)
Bills,  bankers'  acceptance  notes,  commercial  paper  and  Master  notes with
maturities of  90 days  or less.  Interest  accrues daily  on these  funds,  and
accordingly,  the carrying  values of  these investments  approximate their fair
values.
 
    Debt carried on  the Company's  consolidated balance sheet  of $592,278  and
$1,317,289  at December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996, has an estimated fair value
of $626,478  and  $1,173,339, respectively.  The  fair value  of  the  long-term
portion  of the Company's debt  is based on discounting  future cash flows using
current interest rates adjusted for risk. The fair value of the short-term  debt
approximates its recorded value due to its short-term nature.
 
(14) OTHER INCOME
    Other  income (expense)  for the  year ended December  31, 1995  and for the
three months ended March 31, 1995 includes $2,400,000 received in settlement  of
a premature termination of a contract.
 
(15) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    During fiscal 1995, the Company provided reservations call handling services
to  Midway  Airlines  Corporation  ("Midway"),  a  majority-owned  subsidiary of
Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. Samuel Zell, a director of the Company, is an affiliate
of Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. During the twelve months ended December 31, 1995 and
the three months ended March 31,  1996, the Company charged Midway an  aggregate
of  $1,291,862 and $600,904, respectively, for services rendered by the Company.
As of December  31, 1995 and  March 31, 1996,  the amounts due  from Midway  for
services  rendered  by  the  Company  was  $535,845  and  $570,274  (unaudited),
respectively, of which $354,526 and $462,958 (unaudited), respectively, was past
due.
 
    In April  1996,  the  Company  agreed to  accept  from  Midway,  and  Midway
delivered  to the Company, a promissory note in the principal amount of $500,000
to evidence a portion of the total amount due. The note bears interest at a rate
of 8% per annum and is payable  in 12 equal installments of principal,  together
with interest, commencing May 1, 1996. The Company is continuing to provide call
handling services to Midway.
 
    The  Company  utilizes  the  services  of  The  Riverside  Agency,  Inc. for
reviewing, obtaining and/or renewing  various insurance policies. The  Riverside
Agency,  Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Equity Group Investments, Inc., of
which Samuel Zell, a director of the  Company, is Chairman of the Board.  During
the  twelve months ended December 31, 1995  and the three months ended March 31,
1996, the Company incurred $23,965 and $47,930, respectively, for such services.
 
(16) ACQUISITIONS
    On January 1, 1996, the Company acquired 100% of the common stock of  Access
24  Services Corporation Pty  Limited (with its  subsidiaries, "Access 24"), for
consideration of $7.1 million, consisting of  cash of $2.27 million and  970,240
shares  of common stock  in the Company.  Access 24 provides  inbound, toll free
customer service, primarily to the  healthcare and financial services sector  in
Australia, the United Kingdom and New Zealand.
 
    This  acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase method. Goodwill
of $6.3 million arising on the acquisition is being amortized over 15 years on a
straight line basis.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(16) ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)
    The following unaudited pro forma consolidated income statement gives effect
to the consummation of the acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 1995:
 
                  CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                                                  -----------------------------------
                                                                                     THI      ACCESS 24    PRO FORMA
                                                                                  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                               <C>        <C>          <C>
Revenue.........................................................................  $  50,467   $  10,239    $  60,706
                                                                                  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                  ---------  -----------  -----------
Net income (loss)...............................................................  $   4,156   $    (166)   $   3,990
                                                                                  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                  ---------  -----------  -----------
Pro forma net income per common and common equivalent share.....................  $     .08                $     .07
                                                                                  ---------               -----------
                                                                                  ---------               -----------
Shares used in computing pro forma net income per common and common equivalent
 share..........................................................................     54,304                   54,304
                                                                                  ---------               -----------
                                                                                  ---------               -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
    Pro forma  net loss  for Access  24 for  the year  ended December  31,  1995
reflects   a  charge  of  $422,000  for  amortization  of  goodwill  arising  on
acquisition.
 
(17) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)
    SALE OF STOCK
    As of April 30, 1996, the Company sold 50% of the common stock of Access 24,
Limited (the Company's United Kingdom subsidiary that operates a call center  in
London,  England) to PPP Healthcare Group  plc ("PPP") for cash consideration of
$3.8 million. This transaction  resulted in an  after-tax gain of  approximately
$1.6 million.
 
    In  addition,  Access  24,  Limited  also  issued  1,000,000  Cumulative  7%
Preference Shares at a par value of 1 pound each, redeemable in 2006, to PPP for
consideration of $1.5 million.
 
    Access 24,  Limited  did not  contribute  significantly to  the  results  of
operations of the Company for any of the periods presented herein.
 
    BONUS PLAN
    In  May, 1996,  the Company adopted  the 1996 Management  Bonus Plan ("Bonus
Plan") to  provide a  performance-based incentive  for the  Company's  executive
officers and key employees. The compensation committee of the Board of Directors
administers  the  Bonus Plan  and determines  which  employees are  eligible for
anticipation. Bonuses are based on the Company's results of operations.
 
    TRANSACTION FEES
    In May 1996,  the Board of  Directors approved  the payment of  fees to  the
Equity  Group Investments, Inc., an affiliate of  Samuel Zell, a director of the
Company, for advice and assistance in consummating the following transactions:
 
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>                                                          <C>
i)         Access 24 purchase (Note 16)...............................  $ 300,000
ii)        The Company's proposed initial public offering of stock....    500,000
iii)       Sale of Access 24, Limited stock to PPP....................    200,000
                                                                        ---------
                                                                        $1,000,000
                                                                        ---------
                                                                        ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Fees associated  with  the Access  24  purchase  will be  allocated  to  the
purchase  price. Fees  associated with  the proposed  public offering  of common
stock will be  netted against the  offering proceeds. Fees  associated with  the
sale of stock to PPP will be netted of against the gain arising on this sale.
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the members of
Access 24 Service Corporation Pty Limited
 
    We  have audited the accompanying financial  statements of Access 24 Service
Corporation Pty Limited and Controlled Entities  and of the economic entity  for
the  periods  ended 28  February  1995 and  December  31, 1995.  These financial
statements  are   the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion  on those financial statements based on
our audit.
 
    We conducted our  audit in  accordance with  Australian Auditing  Standards,
which  do not differ substantially from generally accepted auditing standards in
the United States of America. Those  standards require that we plan and  perform
the  audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements
are free from  material misstatements. An  audit includes examining,  on a  test
basis,  evidence supporting amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and  significant
estimates  made  by  management, as  well  as evaluating  the  overall financial
statement presentation. We believe  that our audit  provides a reasonable  basis
for our opinion.
 
    In  our opinion, the financial statements  referred to above present fairly,
in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  Access  24   Service
Corporation  Pty  Limited and  Controlled Entities  as of  28 February  1995 and
December 31, 1995, and the results of the group's operations and cash flows  for
the periods then ended in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards.
 
    There  are certain  differences between Australian  Accounting Standards and
those generally accepted  in the United  States of America.  Application of  the
generally  accepted accounting principles in the  United States of America would
not result in material differences to these financial statements.
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN
                                          Chartered Accountants
 
Sydney, Australia,
May 21, 1996
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   NOTE
                                                                                   -----                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                               1995
                                                                                                           ------------
                                                                                                                A$
                                                                                             FEBRUARY 28,   (NOTE 22)
                                                                                                 1995
                                                                                             ------------
                                                                                                  A$
<S>                                                                             <C>          <C>           <C>
CURRENT ASSETS
  Cash........................................................................           5     1,837,982       816,220
  Receivables.................................................................           6     1,340,978     1,976,041
  Other.......................................................................           7       165,432       401,173
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS..........................................................                 3,344,392     3,193,434
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
NON-CURRENT ASSETS
  Property, plant and equipment...............................................           8     2,170,050     4,217,281
  Intangibles.................................................................           9     2,163,362     1,964,360
  Other.......................................................................          10       366,517       466,726
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS......................................................                 4,699,929     6,648,367
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
TOTAL ASSETS..................................................................                 8,044,321     9,841,801
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
CURRENT LIABILITIES
  Creditors and borrowings....................................................          11     2,230,026     3,042,545
  Provisions..................................................................          12     1,586,870       802,176
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES.....................................................                 3,816,896     3,844,721
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
  Creditors and borrowings....................................................          13       791,276     2,521,226
  Provisions..................................................................          14        97,216       169,943
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES.................................................                   888,492     2,691,169
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES.............................................................                 4,705,388     6,535,890
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
  NET ASSETS..................................................................                 3,338,933     3,305,911
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
  Share capital...............................................................          15           212           212
  Reserves....................................................................          16     3,007,188     3,017,136
  Retained profits............................................................                   331,533       288,563
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY....................................................                 3,338,933     3,305,911
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
      The accompanying notes form an integral part of this balance sheet.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                     CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   NOTE
                                                                                   -----                    TEN MONTHS
                                                                                                              ENDED
                                                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                               1995
                                                                                                           ------------
                                                                                                                A$
                                                                                              YEAR ENDED    (NOTE 22)
                                                                                             FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                                 1995
                                                                                             ------------
                                                                                                  A$
<S>                                                                             <C>          <C>           <C>
Operating revenue.............................................................           2     12,726,187   12,208,051
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
Operating profit..............................................................           2      1,611,910      463,916
Income tax attributable to operating profit...................................           3        612,820      492,351
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
Operating profit/(loss) after income tax......................................                    999,090      (28,435)
Retained profits at the beginning of the period...............................                    118,101      331,533
Adjustment to retained profits at the beginning of the period re AASB 1028:
 Accounting for Employee Entitlements.........................................           1             --      (14,535)
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
Adjusted retained profits at the beginning of the financial period............                         --      316,998
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
Total available for appropriation.............................................                  1,117,191      288,563
Dividends provided for........................................................                    785,658           --
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
Retained profits at the end of the financial period...........................                    331,533      288,563
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
 The accompanying notes form an integral part of this profit and loss account.
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  NOTE
                                                                              ------------                 TEN MONTHS
                                                                                                              ENDED
                                                                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                              1995
                                                                                                          -------------
                                                                                                               A$
                                                                                             YEAR ENDED     (NOTE 22)
                                                                                            FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                                1995
                                                                                            ------------
                                                                                                 A$
<S>                                                                           <C>           <C>           <C>
Cash flows from operating activities
  Receipts from customers...................................................                  12,451,360     11,936,094
  Payments to suppliers and employees.......................................                  (9,938,953)   (10,749,686)
  Interest paid.............................................................                          --        (10,972)
  Interest received.........................................................                      87,747         82,708
  Advances to related parties...............................................                          --        (68,591)
  Repayment of advances to related parties..................................                      78,855             --
  Interest paid (leases)....................................................                     (70,192)      (128,958)
  Income taxes paid.........................................................                    (209,093)      (578,105)
                                                                                            ------------  -------------
  Net operating cash flows..................................................         21(b)     2,399,724        482,490
                                                                                            ------------  -------------
Cash flows from investing activities
  Cash paid for acquisition of property, plant and equipment................                    (684,091)    (1,510,622)
  Payments for investments..................................................                          --             --
  Proceeds from sale of fixed assets........................................                      54,187         60,079
  Acquisition of intangibles................................................                      (1,547)            --
                                                                                            ------------  -------------
  Net investing cash flows..................................................                    (631,451)    (1,450,543)
                                                                                            ------------  -------------
Cash flows from financing activities
  Proceeds from borrowings..................................................                          --      1,000,000
  Repayment of hire purchase and lease liabilities..........................                    (260,613)      (456,043)
  Advances to controlled entities...........................................                          --             --
  Repayment of advances to controlled entities..............................                          --             --
  Dividends paid............................................................                          --       (785,658)
                                                                                            ------------  -------------
Net financing cash flows....................................................                    (260,613)      (241,701)
                                                                                            ------------  -------------
Net increase/(decrease) in cash held........................................                   1,507,660     (1,209,754)
Cash at the beginning of the financial period...............................                     327,538      1,837,982
Exchange rate variations on foreign cash balances...........................                       2,784         (8,461)
                                                                                            ------------  -------------
Cash at the end of the financial period.....................................         21(a)     1,837,982        619,767
                                                                                            ------------  -------------
                                                                                            ------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
 The accompanying notes form an integral part of this statement of cash flows.
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
NOTE 1.  STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
(a)  BASIS OF THE PREPARATION OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The   financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  the
historical cost convention using the accounting policies described below and  do
not take account of changes in either the general purchasing power of the dollar
or in the prices of specific assets.
 
    The  carrying  amounts  of  all non-current  assets  are  reviewed  at least
annually  to  determine  whether  they  exceed  their  recoverable  amount.  The
recoverable  amounts of  all non-current assets  have been  determined using net
cash flows which have not been discounted to their present value.
 
    All amounts are in Australian dollars.
 
(b)  PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
    The consolidated financial  statements include the  financial statements  of
the  parent entity, Access 24 Service Corporation Pty Limited and its controlled
entities. The term "Economic Entity" used throughout these financial  statements
means the parent entity and its controlled entities.
 
    Where  a controlled entity has been  acquired during the period, its results
are included in the consolidated result from the date of acquisition. Similarly,
where a controlled entity is sold, its results are included in the  consolidated
result until the date of disposal.
 
    All inter-entity balances and transactions have been eliminated.
 
(c)  OPERATING REVENUE
 
    Sales  revenue represents revenue  earned (net of  discounts and allowances)
from the sale of services. Other revenue includes interest income on short  term
deposits and gross proceeds from the sale of non-current assets.
 
(d)  PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
    (i)  ACQUISITION
 
    Items  of  plant  and equipment  are  recorded  at cost  and  depreciated as
outlined below.
 
    (ii)  DISPOSALS OF ASSETS
 
    The gain  or loss  on disposal  of assets  is calculated  as the  difference
between  the  carrying amount  of  the asset  at the  time  of disposal  and the
proceeds on disposal, and is  included in the result  of the economic entity  in
the period of disposal.
 
    (iii)  DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
 
    Items    of   plant    and   equipment,   and    leasehold   property,   are
depreciated/amortized over their  estimated useful  lives ranging from  3 to  30
years.  The straight line  method is used  except in the  case of one controlled
entity where the reducing  balance method is  used in respect  of all plant  and
equipment.
 
    (iv)  LEASED PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Assets of the economic entity acquired under finance leases are capitalized.
The  initial amount  of the leased  asset and corresponding  lease liability are
recorded at  the present  value of  minimum lease  payments. Leased  assets  are
amortized  over  the life  of  the relevant  lease or,  where  it is  likely the
economic entity will obtain ownership of  the asset on expiration of the  lease,
the  expected useful  life of  the asset. Lease  liabilities are  reduced by the
principal component of lease payments. The interest component is charged against
operating profit.
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 1.  STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (CONTINUED)
    Operating leases are not capitalized and rental payments are charged against
operating profit in the period in which they are incurred.
 
(e)  INCOME TAX
 
    The economic entity adopts the liability method of tax effect accounting.
 
    Income tax expense is calculated on operating profit adjusted for  permanent
differences  between taxable  and accounting  income. The  tax effect  of timing
differences which arise from items being brought to account in different periods
for income tax and accounting purposes, is carried forward in the balance  sheet
as a future income tax benefit or a deferred tax liability.
 
    Future  income  tax benefits  relating  to tax  losses  are only  brought to
account when their realization is virtually certain.
 
(f)  FOREIGN CURRENCY
 
    TRANSACTIONS
 
    Foreign currency transactions are translated  to Australian currency at  the
rates  of exchange ruling  at the dates of  the transactions. Amounts receivable
and payable in foreign currencies at balance date are translated at the rates of
exchange ruling on that date.
 
    TRANSLATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF OVERSEAS OPERATIONS
 
    All overseas operations  are deemed self-sustaining  as each is  financially
and  operationally independent of Access 24 Service Corporation Pty Limited. The
financial statements of  overseas operations  are translated  using the  current
rate  method  and any  exchange differences  are taken  directly to  the foreign
currency translation reserve.
 
(g)  PROVISIONS
 
    EMPLOYEE ENTITLEMENTS
 
    Provision has been made in the financial statements for benefits accruing to
employees in relation to  such matters as annual  leave and long service  leave.
Long  service  leave  provisions  are calculated  based  on  the  probability of
employee's service continuity, even  though in some cases  such amounts are  not
currently vesting.
 
    From  this  financial year,  all on-costs,  including payroll  tax, workers'
compensation premiums and fringe benefits tax are included in the  determination
of  provisions for  annual leave and  long service leave.  Provisions for annual
leave and current long  service leave are measured  at their nominal value.  Non
current  long service  leave is measured  at its present  value where materially
different from  the nominal  value. All  provision where  previously measure  at
their  nominal value.  This represents  a change in  accounting policy  so as to
satisfy the requirements of AASB 1028--Accounting for Employee Entitlements.
 
    The impact of this  change in policy  for the economic  entity is to  reduce
opening retained profits by A$14,535.
 
    DOUBTFUL DEBTS
 
    The  collectibility of debts is assessed  at year end and specific provision
is made for any doubtful accounts.
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>
       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 1.  STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (CONTINUED)
(h)  SUPERANNUATION FUND
 
    Contributions to a defined contribution superannuation fund are expensed  in
the  year  they are  paid  or become  payable. No  amount  is recognized  in the
accounts or group accounts in respect of  the net surplus or deficiency of  each
plan.
 
(i)  INTANGIBLES
 
    Goodwill  represents the excess of the  purchase consideration over the fair
value of  identifiable net  assets acquired  at  the time  of acquisition  of  a
business or shares in a controlled entity.
 
    Goodwill  is amortized  by the straight  line method over  the period during
which benefits are expected to be received. This is taken as being 10 years.
 
(j)  COMPARATIVE BALANCES
 
    Certain prior year  comparatives have  been amended to  accord with  current
year disclosure.
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>
       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 2.  REVENUE AND EXPENSES:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  TEN MONTHS
                                                                    YEAR ENDED      ENDED
                                                                   FEBRUARY 28,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       1995          1995
                                                                   ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>
                                                                        A$            A$
Operating revenues include the following:
  Fees received..................................................    12,316,889   11,783,312
  Interest from:
    --other persons..............................................        87,747       84,986
  Other revenue..................................................       321,551      339,753
                                                                   ------------  ------------
Total operating revenue..........................................    12,726,187   12,208,051
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------
EXPENSES:
Deductions from (additions to) operating revenue in arriving at
 operating profit include the following:
Abnormal item:
  Write off of non recoverable loan..............................            --      188,952
                                                                   ------------  ------------
Other expenses:
  Provision for doubtful debts...................................        35,255      (42,135)
  Provision for annual leave.....................................       389,223      408,906
  Provision for long service leave...............................        25,230       16,203
  Rental expense on operating leases.............................       216,506      466,083
  Depreciation of plant and equipment............................       346,420      547,589
  Interest paid
    --Other persons..............................................            --       19,203
    --Finance leases and hire purchases..........................        70,192      130,408
  Amortization of goodwill.......................................       237,668      210,048
  Amortization of finance lease assets...........................       203,335      196,086
  Foreign exchange (gains)/losses................................       (36,841)       9,128
  (Gain)/loss on disposal of fixed assets (a)....................        71,733      (28,929)
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------
  (a) Proceeds on the disposal of fixed assets were:.............        54,187       60,079
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>
       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 3.  INCOME TAX:
 
    (a)  The difference  between income  tax expense  provided in  the financial
statements and the prima facie income tax expense is reconciled as follows.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       TEN MONTHS
                                                                                         YEAR ENDED      ENDED
                                                                                        FEBRUARY 28,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                            1995          1995
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>           <C>
                                                                                             A$            A$
Operating profit......................................................................    1,611,910       463,916
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
Prima facie tax expense thereon at 36% (February 28, 1995: 33%).......................      531,930       167,010
Increase/ (decrease) in prima facie tax expense arising from:
  Amortization of goodwill............................................................       78,430        57,830
  Entertaining........................................................................        2,724         3,833
  Fringe benefit tax..................................................................        2,141            --
  Write-off of non-recoverable loan...................................................           --        68,023
  Other non-deductible items..........................................................       (3,667)       21,585
  Effects of lower rates of tax on overseas income....................................           --        (5,537)
  Prior year adjustment...............................................................        1,262        10,708
  Tax losses not brought to account...................................................           --       168,899
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
Total income tax attributable to operating profit.....................................      612,820       492,351
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
Total income tax expense comprises movements in:
  Provision for income tax............................................................      656,627       445,758
  Provision for deferred income tax...................................................       47,045        52,246
  Future income tax benefit...........................................................      (90,852)       (5,653)
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
                                                                                            612,820       492,351
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    (b) As at 31 December 1995,  there are companies within the economic  entity
which  have income tax losses available  to offset against future years' taxable
income. The  benefit  of  these  losses  has not  been  brought  to  account  as
realization is not virtually certain.
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>
       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 4.  PARENT ENTITY INVESTMENT IN CONTROLLED ENTITIES AND CONTRIBUTION TO
         CONSOLIDATED RESULT:
 
    (a) Particulars in relation to controlled entities
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       % OF SHARES HELD
                              -----------------------------------
                                FEBRUARY 28,                                                             CONTRIBUTION
                                    1995                                                                      TO
                              ----------------                           BOOK VALUE OF INVESTMENT        CONSOLIDATED
                                                                   ------------------------------------  PROFIT/(LOSS)
                                                DECEMBER 31 1995   FEBRUARY 28, 1995  DECEMBER 31 1995   -------------
                                                -----------------  -----------------  -----------------
                                                    (NOTE 22)             A$                 A$          FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                          (NOTE 22)          1995
                                                                                                         -------------
                                                                                                              A$
<S>                           <C>               <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
Access 24 Service
 Corporation Pty Limited....            --                --                  --                 --          852,890
Access 24 (Service
 Corporation) Limited
 (incorporated in New
 Zealand)...................           100%              100%                 83                 83          146,200
Controlled entities acquired
 during the period:
  Support 24 Pty Limited
   (incorporated in
   Australia) (iii)(vi).....            --                --                  --                 --               --
  Access 24 Limited
   (incorporated in the
   United Kingdom)
   (iii)(iv)................            --               100%                 --                  4               --
  High Performance
   Healthcare Pty Limited
   (incorporated in
   Australia) (v)...........            --               100%                 --                 99               --
                                                                             ---                ---      -------------
                                                                              83                186          999,090
                                                                             ---                ---      -------------
                                                                             ---                ---      -------------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                               DECEMBER 31
                              -------------
 
                                   A$
 
<S>                           <C>
Access 24 Service
 Corporation Pty Limited....      343,285
Access 24 (Service
 Corporation) Limited
 (incorporated in New
 Zealand)...................       99,021
Controlled entities acquired
 during the period:
  Support 24 Pty Limited
   (incorporated in
   Australia) (iii)(vi).....           --
  Access 24 Limited
   (incorporated in the
   United Kingdom)
   (iii)(iv)................     (440,535)
  High Performance
   Healthcare Pty Limited
   (incorporated in
   Australia) (v)...........      (30,206)
                              -------------
                                  (28,435)
                              -------------
                              -------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(i)  All entities operate solely in their place of incorporation.
 
(ii) The  financial year ends of each controlled  entity are the same as that of
     the parent entity.
 
(iii)This company  is  not  audited  by  the  parent  entity  auditor  or  their
     affiliates.
 
(iv) The  parent entity acquired this company for cash consideration of A$4. The
     company did not trade prior to the acquisition by the parent entity.
 
(v)  The parent entity acquired this company for cash consideration of A$99. The
     company did not trade prior to the acquisition by the parent entity.
 
(vi) A 51% shareholding in  this company was acquired  for nil consideration  on
     July  1, 1995 and was  sold for A$1 consideration  on December 22, 1995. At
     the date of  acquisition, the net  deficiency of Support  24 was  A$145,983
     made  up  of the  following  assets and  liabilities  by major  class: Cash
     balances A$2,089, Receivables A$10,522, Fixed Assets A$10,875 and Creditors
     & Borrowings  A$(169,469). At  the  date of  disposal,  the net  assets  of
     Support  24  were  A$892 and  were  made  up of:  Receivables  A$59,967 and
     Creditors & Borrowings A$(59,075).  A loss of  A$42,078 had been  generated
     from  trading activities  during the  period the  company was  a controlled
     entity and Access  24 Service  Corporation Pty  Limited forgave  a loan  of
     A$188,952  resulting  in  an operating  profit  of A$146,874  for  the same
     period.
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>
       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 4.  PARENT ENTITY INVESTMENT IN CONTROLLED ENTITIES AND CONTRIBUTION TO
         CONSOLIDATED RESULT: (CONTINUED)
    (b) Segment information
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                               ---------------------------------------------------------
                                               EXTERNAL   INTERGROUP     TOTAL      SEGMENT     SEGMENT
                                                REVENUE     REVENUE     REVENUE     RESULT      ASSETS
                                               ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------
                                                  A$          A$          A$          A$          A$
<S>                                            <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>
Australia....................................  10,085,045    251,754   10,336,799    313,079   8,080,913
New Zealand..................................  1,645,502          --   1,645,502      99,021   1,203,597
United Kingdom...............................    477,504          --     477,504    (438,957)  2,170,657
Eliminations.................................         --    (251,754)   (251,754)     (1,578)  (1,613,366)
                                               ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------
Consolidated.................................  12,208,051         --   12,208,051    (28,435)  9,841,801
                                               ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------
                                               ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                             YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                                               ---------------------------------------------------------
                                               EXTERNAL   INTERGROUP     TOTAL      SEGMENT     SEGMENT
                                                REVENUE     REVENUE     REVENUE     RESULT      ASSETS
                                               ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------
                                                  A$          A$          A$          A$          A$
<S>                                            <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>
Australia....................................  11,228,111    169,891   11,398,002    852,890   7,440,308
New Zealand..................................  1,498,076          --   1,498,076     146,200   1,137,691
Eliminations.................................         --    (169,891)   (169,891)         --    (533,678)
                                               ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------
Consolidated.................................  12,726,187         --   12,726,187    999,090   8,044,321
                                               ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------
                                               ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The  group  derives  income  by   providing  emergency  medical  and   trade
assistance.
 
    (c) Ultimate Parent Entity
 
    The  ultimate parent entity of Access  24 Service Corporation Pty Limited is
the Royal Automobile Club of Victoria (RACV) Limited, a company incorporated  in
the state of Victoria.
 
NOTE 5.  CASH:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    FEBRUARY 28,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        1995          1995
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                         A$            A$
                                                                                   (NOTE 22)
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>
Cash at bank and in hand..........................................    1,797,191       807,875
Cash held in trust................................................       40,791         8,345
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                      1,837,982       816,220
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                    ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>
       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 6.  RECEIVABLES:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   FEBRUARY 28,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       1995          1995
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                        A$            A$
                                                                                  (NOTE 22)
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>
Trade debtors....................................................       801,326    1,288,033
Provision for doubtful trade debtors.............................       (43,665)      (1,530)
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                        757,661    1,286,503
Trade balances receivable from related parties...................       117,882      186,474
Amounts receivable from controlled entities......................            --           --
Accrued fees.....................................................       462,059      499,624
Other debtors....................................................         3,376        3,440
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                      1,340,978    1,976,041
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 7.  OTHER CURRENT ASSETS:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    FEBRUARY 28,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        1995          1995
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                         A$            A$
                                                                                   (NOTE 22)
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>
Other assets......................................................       96,348       121,621
Prepayments.......................................................       69,084       279,552
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                        165,432       401,173
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                    ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 8.  PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:
 
    Plant and equipment and leasehold improvements:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    FEBRUARY 28,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        1995          1995
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                         A$            A$
                                                                                   (NOTE 22)
 
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>
At cost (a).......................................................    2,124,874     4,285,965
Less accumulated depreciation.....................................     (375,932)     (924,807)
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                      1,748,942     3,361,158
                                                                    ------------  ------------
Leased plant and equipment:
  Capitalized value of leased plant and equipment.................      667,753     1,236,861
  Less accumulated amortization...................................     (246,645)     (380,738)
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                        421,108       856,123
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                      2,170,050     4,217,281
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                    ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
(a)  A charge has been  registered by a finance  company, over assets under hire
    purchase of a controlled entity, to the value of A$83,584.
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>
       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 9.  INTANGIBLES:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    FEBRUARY 28,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        1995          1995
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                         A$            A$
                                                                                   (NOTE 22)
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>
Goodwill at cost..................................................    2,443,866     2,455,393
Accumulated amortization..........................................     (280,504)     (491,033)
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                      2,163,362     1,964,360
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                    ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 10.  OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    FEBRUARY 28,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        1995          1995
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                         A$            A$
                                                                                   (NOTE 22)
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>
Investments
  --Controlled entities (Note 4(a))...............................           --            --
Security deposits.................................................       82,895       110,770
Future income tax benefit.........................................      276,523       270,871
Amount receivable from a controlled entity........................           --            --
Other non-current assets..........................................        7,099        85,085
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                        366,517       466,726
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                    ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 11.  CREDITORS AND BORROWINGS (CURRENT):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    FEBRUARY 28,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        1995          1995
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                         A$            A$
                                                                                   (NOTE 22)
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>
Bank overdraft....................................................           --       196,453
Trade creditors...................................................      294,785       357,306
Sundry creditors..................................................      928,507       948,329
Lease and hire purchase liabilities (Note 18(a))..................      607,080       821,968
Prepaid fees and claims:
  --Trade.........................................................      322,548       710,527
  --Trust accounts................................................       41,316         7,962
Amounts due to related parties....................................       35,790            --
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                      2,230,026     3,042,545
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                    ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 12.  PROVISIONS (CURRENT):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    FEBRUARY 28,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        1995          1995
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                         A$            A$
                                                                                   (NOTE 22)
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>
Dividend..........................................................      785,657            --
Taxation..........................................................      567,220       423,680
Employee entitlements.............................................      233,993       378,496
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                      1,586,870       802,176
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                    ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-38
<PAGE>
       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 13.  CREDITORS AND BORROWINGS (NON-CURRENT):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    FEBRUARY 28,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        1995          1995
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                         A$            A$
                                                                                   (NOTE 22)
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>
Bank Loan (a).....................................................           --     1,000,000
Lease and hire purchase liabilities (Note 18(a))..................      791,276     1,521,226
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                        791,276     2,521,226
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                    ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    (a) The bank loan is secured by a registered mortgage debenture over all the
assets/undertakings of the parent entity and by a letter of support to the value
of A$3.77 million from the ultimate parent entity, the RACV.
 
NOTE 14.  PROVISIONS (NON-CURRENT):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   FEBRUARY 28,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       1995          1995
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                        A$            A$
                                                                                  (NOTE 22)
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>
Deferred income tax..............................................        59,099      111,345
Employee entitlements............................................        38,117       58,598
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                         97,216      169,943
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 15.  SHARE CAPITAL:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 FEBRUARY 28,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     1995           1995
                                                                 -------------  -------------
                                                                      A$             A$
                                                                                  (NOTE 22)
<S>                                                              <C>            <C>
Authorized capital:
  --10,000,000 ordinary shares of A$1 each.....................     10,000,000     10,000,000
                                                                 -------------  -------------
Issued and fully paid:
  --212 ordinary shares of A$1 each............................            212            212
                                                                 -------------  -------------
                                                                 -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 16.  RESERVES:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   FEBRUARY 28,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       1995          1995
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                        A$            A$
                                                                                  (NOTE 22)
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>
Share premium account............................................     2,999,900    2,999,900
Foreign currency translation.....................................         7,288       17,236
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                      3,007,188    3,017,136
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------
Foreign currency translation
  --Balance at beginning of year.................................          (273)       7,288
  --Gain on translation of overseas controlled entities..........         7,561        9,948
                                                                   ------------  ------------
  --Balance at end of period.....................................         7,288       17,236
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-39
<PAGE>
       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 17.  REMUNERATION OF AUDITORS:
 
    Amounts received or due and receivable by the auditors of the company for:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   FEBRUARY 28,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       1995          1995
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                        A$            A$
                                                                                  (NOTE 22)
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>
- --Audit services.................................................        20,418       43,363
- --Other services.................................................        20,250           --
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                         40,668       43,363
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 18.  COMMITMENTS:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   FEBRUARY 28,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       1995          1995
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                        A$            A$
                                                                                  (NOTE 22)
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>
(a) Finance lease and hire purchase expenditure contracted for is
 payable as follows:
  Not later than one year........................................       623,191      852,954
  Later than one year and not later than two years...............       423,010      727,574
  Later than two years and not later than five years.............       463,396      771,673
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                      1,509,597    2,352,201
Deduct future finance charges (i)................................      (111,241)      (9,007)
                                                                   ------------  ------------
Net lease and hire purchase liability............................     1,398,356    2,343,194
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------
Reconciled to:
  Current liability (Note 11)....................................       607,080      821,968
  Non-current liability (Note 13)................................       791,276    1,521,226
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                      1,398,356    2,343,194
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    (i) In the current period, assets under hire purchase have been recorded  on
a  gross basis, resulting in the recognition of a liability and equivalent asset
equal to the amount  of future interest payable.  The finance charges  disclosed
for  the  current year  relate solely  to  finance leases  while the  prior year
comparatives include interest on assets under hire purchase.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   FEBRUARY 28,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       1995          1995
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                        A$            A$
                                                                                  (NOTE 22)
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>
b) Operating leases
  expenditure contracted for is payable as follows:
  Not later than one year........................................       238,429      302,129
  Later than one year and not later than two years...............       243,739      320,008
  Later than two year and not later than five years..............       517,833      361,031
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                      1,000,001      983,168
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    The above operating lease commitments  include amounts for rental  operating
leases which are gross of amounts received for subleases of various premises.
 
                                      F-40
<PAGE>
       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 19.  REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS:
    The  number of directors of  the parent entity who  received, or were due to
receive, remuneration  (including  brokerage, commissions,  bonuses,  retirement
payments and salaries, but excluding prescribed benefits) directly or indirectly
from  the company or any related body corporate, as shown in the following bands
were:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             PARENT ENTITY
                                                                                       --------------------------
                                                                                       FEBRUARY 28,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                           1995          1995
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>           <C>
A$     0 - A$  9,999.................................................................             2           --
   20,000 -    29,999................................................................            --            1
   50,000 -    59,999................................................................            --            1
  110,000 -   119,999................................................................            --            1
  210,000 -   219,999................................................................            --            2
  250,000 -   259,999................................................................             2           --
  260,000 -   269,999................................................................             1           --
  270,000 -   279,999................................................................            --            1
 
The aggregate remuneration of the directors referred to in the above bands was:        A$   776,821   A$ 904,589
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    The total of all remuneration received,  or due and receivable, directly  or
indirectly,  from the respective  corporations of which they  are a director, or
any related body  corporate, by  all the directors  of each  corporation in  the
economic  entity  of  December 31,  1995  and  February 28,  1995  A$904,589 and
A$839,301, respectively.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>         <C>
Amounts paid to or on behalf of directors of the company in respect
 of retirement benefits and superannuation contributions were:        A$  67,043   A$ 53,071
                                                                      ----------  -----------
                                                                      ----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 20.  RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES:
 
    (a) The directors of  Access 24 Service Corporation  Pty Limited during  the
financial period were:
 
       Dr. John Eric Kendall
       Mr. Louis Thomas Carroll
       Mr. Nigel Alexander Dick
       Mr. John Norman Isaac
       Mr. Keith William Blyth (resigned August 1, 1995)
       Mr. Edmund Christopher Johnson (appointed September 8, 1995)
 
                                      F-41
<PAGE>
       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 20.  RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES: (CONTINUED)
    (b)  The following related party  transactions occurred during the financial
period:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      NATURE OF RELATIONSHIP WITH ACCESS 24 SERVICE       OWNERSHIP
            IDENTITY OF RELATED PARTY                            CORPORATION PTY LIMITED                   INTEREST
- --------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------  --------------
<S>                                                 <C>                                                 <C>
RACV Insurance Pty Limited                          Commonly controlled entity                                  --
Access 24 (Service Corporation) Limited (NZ)        Controlled entity                                          100%
Access 24 Limited (UK)                              Controlled entity                                          100%
High Performance Healthcare Pty Ltd                 Controlled entity                                          100%
Support 24 Pty Limited                              Controlled entity                                           51%
Auto 24 Pty Limited                                 Commonly controlled entity                                  --
Dataview Solutions Pty Limited                      Director related entity                                     --
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               TERMS & CONDITIONS OF EACH
IDENTITY OF RELATED PARTY           TYPE OF TRANSACTION                TRANSACTION
- -----------------------------  -----------------------------  -----------------------------     VOLUME        VOLUME
                                                                                             FEBRUARY 28,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                 1995          1995
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
                                                                                                  A$            A$
                                                                                                            (NOTE 22)
<S>                            <C>                            <C>                            <C>           <C>
RACV Insurance Pty Limited     Sales                          Commercial terms and               693,039       779,467
                                                              conditions
 
Auto 24 Pty Limited            Staff services fees            Commercial terms and               448,863       877,093
                                                              conditions
 
                               Loans advanced                 Interest charged at                545,000       651,050
                                                              commercial bank rates
 
                               Loan repayments                                                   427,118       632,459
 
                               Interest receipts                                                      --        18,392
 
High Performance Healthcare    Loans advanced                 Nil interest                            --        34,933
 Pty Limited
 
Access 24 (Service             Management fees                Commercial terms and               169,891       251,754
 Corporation) Limited                                         conditions
 
                               Loans advanced                 Nil interest                       555,000            --
 
                               Loan repayments                                                    42,000       220,708
 
Support 24 Pty Limited         Loans advanced                 Nil interest                            --       313,952
 
                               Loan repayments                                                        --        75,000
 
Dataview Solutions Pty         Rent and related costs,        Commercial terms and               133,906       100,329
 Limited                       software development, and      conditions
                               accounts preparation
 
Access 24 Limited              Loan advance                   Nil interest                            --     1,256,206
</TABLE>
 
    (c) During  the current  financial period,  the parent  entity entered  into
certain contracts on behalf of a controlled entity. These contracts are for:
 
                                      F-42
<PAGE>
       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 20.  RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES: (CONTINUED)
    - the provision of services to third parties,
 
    - operating lease for premises,
 
    - finance lease for equipment.
 
    The  assets,  liabilities,  revenues  and  expenses  associated  with  these
contracts have  been  reflected in  the  financial statements  of  the  economic
entity.  They have not been reflected in  the financial statements of the parent
entity as, in substance, the transactions relate solely to the operations of the
controlled entity.
 
    (d) Interests in the shares of  entities within the economic entity held  by
directors  of the  reporting entity and  their director related  entities, as at
December 31, 1995:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION
                                                                   PTY LTD
                                                       --------------------------------
                                                       A$1 ORDINARY SHARES, FULLY PAID
                                                       --------------------------------
                                                        FEBRUARY 28,     DECEMBER 31,
                                                            1995             1995
                                                       ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                                    <C>              <C>
J. E. Kendall........................................            70               70
L. T. Carroll........................................            36               36
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 21.  CASH FLOWS:
 
    (a) Reconciliation of cash
 
    For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, cash includes cash on  hand
and  in banks and deposits at call,  net of outstanding bank overdrafts. Cash at
the end of  the financial  period as  shown in the  statement of  cash flows  is
reconciled to the related items in the balance sheet as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   FEBRUARY 28,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       1995          1995
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                        A$            A$
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>
Cash balance comprises:
  Cash at bank and on hand.......................................     1,797,191      807,875
  Cash held in trust.............................................        40,791        8,345
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                      1,837,982      816,220
  Bank overdraft.................................................            --     (196,453)
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                      1,837,982      619,767
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-43
<PAGE>
       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 21.  CASH FLOWS: (CONTINUED)
    (b) Reconciliation of operating profit/loss after tax to net cash flows from
operating activities:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    YEAR ENDED    TEN MONTHS
                                                                   FEBRUARY 28,     ENDED
                                                                       1995      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   ------------      1995
                                                                        A$       ------------
                                                                                      A$
                                                                                  (NOTE 22)
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>
Operating profit/(loss) after tax................................       999,090      (28,435)
Depreciation and amortization:
  --Property, plant and equipment................................       346,420      547,589
  --Intangibles..................................................       237,668      210,048
  --Leased assets................................................       203,335      196,086
Gain/(loss) on sale of non-current assets........................        70,736      (28,929)
Bad and doubtful debts...........................................        35,255      (42,135)
 
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Trade receivables................................................      (128,396)    (486,706)
Other receivables................................................         2,662          (64)
Advances to related parties......................................            --      (68,592)
Intercompany trade receivables...................................            --           --
Security deposits................................................            --      (27,875)
Accrued fees.....................................................            --      (37,565)
Future income tax benefit........................................       (90,852)       5,652
Prepayments......................................................       (65,178)    (210,468)
Other assets.....................................................            --       (6,449)
Trade creditors..................................................         4,359       62,521
Sundry creditors and accruals....................................       225,978       19,822
Prepaid fees and claims:
  --Trade creditors..............................................            --      387,979
  --Trust accounts...............................................        (4,498)     (33,354)
Amounts due to related parties...................................            --      (35,790)
Repayment of advances to related parties.........................        78,855           --
Tax provision....................................................       447,534     (143,540)
Deferred income tax liability....................................        47,045       52,246
Adjustment to retained earnings (re AASB 1028: Accounting for
 Employee Entitlements)..........................................            --      (14,535)
Employee provisions..............................................       (10,289)     164,984
                                                                   ------------  ------------
Net cash flows from operating activities.........................     2,399,724      482,490
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    (c) Non-cash financing and investing activities:
 
    Purchases  of certain plant and equipment has been conducted through finance
leases and hire purchase  agreements. These transactions do  not result in  cash
outflows  until  the  lease payments  occur  as per  the  individual agreements.
Purchases of  property, plant  and equipment  financed in  this way  for the  10
months  ended December 31, 1995 totalled A$630,789 for Access 24 and A$1,304,100
for the economic entity (A$826,505 and A$787,960 for the year ended February 28,
1995). The total  value of  property, plant and  equipment under  lease and  the
resulting lease liabilities are disclosed in the financial statements.
 
                                      F-44
<PAGE>
       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 22.  FINANCIAL PERIOD:
    The  parent entity and  its controlled entities  have changed financial year
end from February  28 to December  31. As a  result, these financial  statements
cover  the  ten  month  period from  March  1  1995 to  December  31,  1995. The
comparative figures relate to the year ended February 28, 1995.
 
                                      F-45
<PAGE>
INSIDE BACK COVER OF PROSPECTUS
 
    The  inside  back  cover  is a  multicolor  graphic  layout  containing five
photographs  surrounding  the  words  "TELETECH  --  innovative  Customer   Care
solutions."  Starting  in  the  upper right  hand  corner,  the  photographs, in
counterclockwise order,  are  as  follows: a  black-and-white  photograph  of  a
TeleTech  representative with a computer terminal  in the background; a close-up
color photograph of the wall insert portion of a press-and-click telephone jack;
a black-and-white  photograph  of  a TeleTech  representative  with  a  computer
terminal in the background; a close-up cropped color photograph of portable flip
telephone  with  illuminated  buttons;  and a  color  photograph  of  a TeleTech
representative at  a  workstation  in  a  TeleTech  call  center.  The  TeleTech
corporate logo appears in the lower right-hand corner.
<PAGE>
OUTSIDE BACK COVER OF PROSPECTUS
 
                                     [LOGO]
<PAGE>
   
PROSPECTUS
    
 
                                6,220,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
                                 --------------
 
   
 OF  THE 6,220,000 SHARES  OF COMMON STOCK BEING  OFFERED, 4,000,000 SHARES ARE
 BEING SOLD BY THE COMPANY AND 2,220,000 SHARES ARE BEING SOLD BY THE  SELLING
  STOCKHOLDERS NAMED HEREIN. THE COMPANY WILL NOT RECEIVE ANY OF THE PROCEEDS
   FROM  THE SALE OF  SHARES BY THE SELLING  STOCKHOLDERS. SEE "PRINCIPAL AND
   SELLING STOCKHOLDERS." OF THE SHARES BEING OFFERED, 1,244,000 SHARES ARE
     BEING OFFERED INITIALLY OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA BY THE
     INTERNATIONAL UNDERWRITERS  AND  4,976,000 SHARES  ARE  BEING  OFFERED
     INITIALLY  IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA BY THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS.
       SEE "UNDERWRITERS."  PRIOR  TO THE  OFFERING,  THERE HAS  BEEN  NO
       PUBLIC   MARKET  FOR  THE   COMMON  STOCK  OF   THE  COMPANY.  SEE
       "UNDERWRITERS" FOR  A DISCUSSION  OF  THE FACTORS  CONSIDERED  IN
        DETERMINING  THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE. THE COMMON STOCK
        HAS BEEN APPROVED  FOR LISTING  ON THE  NASDAQ NATIONAL  MARKET
                            UNDER THE SYMBOL "TTEC."
    
                            ------------------------
 
        THIS OFFERING INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. SEE "RISK FACTORS"
                          COMMENCING ON PAGE 5 HEREOF.
                               -----------------
 
 THESE  SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS   THE
    SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
     PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS.   ANY
      REPRESENTATION    TO   THE   CONTRARY   IS   A   CRIMINAL   OFFENSE.
                              -------------------
 
   
                              PRICE $14.50 A SHARE
    
                              -------------------
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             UNDERWRITING                           PROCEEDS TO
                                            PRICE TO         DISCOUNTS AND       PROCEEDS TO          SELLING
                                             PUBLIC         COMMISSIONS (1)      COMPANY (2)       STOCKHOLDERS
                                        -----------------  -----------------  -----------------  -----------------
<S>                                     <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
PER SHARE.............................       $14.50              $.98              $13.52             $13.52
TOTAL (3).............................     $90,190,000        $6,095,600         $54,080,000        $30,014,400
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------
    (1) THE COMPANY AND  THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS HAVE  AGREED TO INDEMNIFY  THE
       UNDERWRITERS AGAINST CERTAIN LIABILITIES, INCLUDING LIABILITIES UNDER THE
       SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.
   
    (2)   BEFORE  DEDUCTING  EXPENSES  PAYABLE   BY  THE  COMPANY  ESTIMATED  AT
       $1,515,000. THE COMPANY  HAS AGREED TO  PAY THE EXPENSES  OF THE  SELLING
       STOCKHOLDERS, OTHER THAN UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS AND COMMISSIONS.
    
   
    (3)  ONE OF  THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS  HAS GRANTED THE  U.S. UNDERWRITERS AN
       OPTION, EXERCISABLE WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DATE HEREOF, TO PURCHASE UP  TO
       AN AGGREGATE OF 933,000 ADDITIONAL SHARES OF COMMON STOCK AT THE PRICE TO
       PUBLIC  LESS UNDERWRITING  DISCOUNTS AND  COMMISSIONS FOR  THE PURPOSE OF
       COVERING OVER-ALLOTMENTS, IF ANY. IF THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS EXERCISE  SUCH
       OPTION  IN FULL,  THE TOTAL PRICE  TO PUBLIC,  UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS AND
       COMMISSIONS, PROCEEDS  TO COMPANY  AND PROCEEDS  TO SELLING  STOCKHOLDERS
       WILL   BE   $103,718,500,  $7,009,940,   $54,080,000,   AND  $42,628,560,
       RESPECTIVELY. SEE "UNDERWRITERS."
    
                            ------------------------
 
   
    THE SHARES ARE OFFERED, SUBJECT TO PRIOR  SALE, WHEN, AS AND IF ACCEPTED  BY
THE  UNDERWRITERS NAMED HEREIN AND SUBJECT  TO APPROVAL OF CERTAIN LEGAL MATTERS
BY KATTEN MUCHIN  & ZAVIS,  COUNSEL FOR THE  UNDERWRITERS. IT  IS EXPECTED  THAT
DELIVERY  OF THE SHARES WILL BE MADE ON OR ABOUT AUGUST 6, 1996 AT THE OFFICE OF
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED, NEW YORK, NEW YORK, AGAINST PAYMENT  THEREFOR
IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS.
    
                              -------------------
 
MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
       INTERNATIONAL
                   ALEX. BROWN & SONS
                                    INCORPORATED
                                                               SMITH BARNEY INC.
   
JULY 31, 1996
    


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission